summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/536.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '536.txt')
-rw-r--r--536.txt5811
1 files changed, 5811 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/536.txt b/536.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b89b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/536.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5811 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, A Footnote to History, by Robert Louis
+Stevenson
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: A Footnote to History
+ Eight Years of Trouble in Samoa
+
+
+Author: Robert Louis Stevenson
+
+Release Date: April 26, 2005 [eBook #536]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A FOOTNOTE TO HISTORY***
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Transcribed from the 1912 Swanston edition by David Price, email
+ccx074@coventry.ac.uk
+
+
+
+
+A FOOTNOTE TO HISTORY
+EIGHT YEARS OF TROUBLE IN SAMOA
+by Robert Louis Stevenson
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+An affair which might be deemed worthy of a note of a few lines in any
+general history has been here expanded to the size of a volume or large
+pamphlet. The smallness of the scale, and the singularity of the manners
+and events and many of the characters, considered, it is hoped that, in
+spite of its outlandish subject, the sketch may find readers. It has
+been a task of difficulty. Speed was essential, or it might come too
+late to be of any service to a distracted country. Truth, in the midst
+of conflicting rumours and in the dearth of printed material, was often
+hard to ascertain, and since most of those engaged were of my personal
+acquaintance, it was often more than delicate to express. I must
+certainly have erred often and much; it is not for want of trouble taken
+nor of an impartial temper. And if my plain speaking shall cost me any
+of the friends that I still count, I shall be sorry, but I need not be
+ashamed.
+
+In one particular the spelling of Samoan words has been altered; and the
+characteristic nasal _n_ of the language written throughout _ng_ instead
+of _g_. Thus I put Pango-Pango, instead of Pago-Pago; the sound being
+that of soft _ng_ in English, as in _singer_, not as in _finger_.
+
+R. L. S.
+VAILIMA,
+UPOLU,
+SAMOA.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I--THE ELEMENTS OF DISCORD: NATIVE
+
+
+The story I have to tell is still going on as I write; the characters are
+alive and active; it is a piece of contemporary history in the most exact
+sense. And yet, for all its actuality and the part played in it by mails
+and telegraphs and iron war-ships, the ideas and the manners of the
+native actors date back before the Roman Empire. They are Christians,
+church-goers, singers of hymns at family worship, hardy cricketers; their
+books are printed in London by Spottiswoode, Trubner, or the Tract
+Society; but in most other points they are the contemporaries of our
+tattooed ancestors who drove their chariots on the wrong side of the
+Roman wall. We have passed the feudal system; they are not yet clear of
+the patriarchal. We are in the thick of the age of finance; they are in
+a period of communism. And this makes them hard to understand.
+
+To us, with our feudal ideas, Samoa has the first appearance of a land of
+despotism. An elaborate courtliness marks the race alone among
+Polynesians; terms of ceremony fly thick as oaths on board a ship;
+commoners my-lord each other when they meet--and urchins as they play
+marbles. And for the real noble a whole private dialect is set apart.
+The common names for an axe, for blood, for bamboo, a bamboo knife, a
+pig, food, entrails, and an oven are taboo in his presence, as the common
+names for a bug and for many offices and members of the body are taboo in
+the drawing-rooms of English ladies. Special words are set apart for his
+leg, his face, his hair, his belly, his eyelids, his son, his daughter,
+his wife, his wife's pregnancy, his wife's adultery, adultery with his
+wife, his dwelling, his spear, his comb, his sleep, his dreams, his
+anger, the mutual anger of several chiefs, his food, his pleasure in
+eating, the food and eating of his pigeons, his ulcers, his cough, his
+sickness, his recovery, his death, his being carried on a bier, the
+exhumation of his bones, and his skull after death. To address these
+demigods is quite a branch of knowledge, and he who goes to visit a high
+chief does well to make sure of the competence of his interpreter. To
+complete the picture, the same word signifies the watching of a virgin
+and the warding of a chief; and the same word means to cherish a chief
+and to fondle a favourite child.
+
+Men like us, full of memories of feudalism, hear of a man so addressed,
+so flattered, and we leap at once to the conclusion that he is hereditary
+and absolute. Hereditary he is; born of a great family, he must always
+be a man of mark; but yet his office is elective and (in a weak sense) is
+held on good behaviour. Compare the case of a Highland chief: born one
+of the great ones of his clan, he was sometimes appointed its chief
+officer and conventional father; was loved, and respected, and served,
+and fed, and died for implicitly, if he gave loyalty a chance; and yet if
+he sufficiently outraged clan sentiment, was liable to deposition. As to
+authority, the parallel is not so close. Doubtless the Samoan chief, if
+he be popular, wields a great influence; but it is limited. Important
+matters are debated in a fono, or native parliament, with its feasting
+and parade, its endless speeches and polite genealogical allusions.
+Debated, I say--not decided; for even a small minority will often strike
+a clan or a province impotent. In the midst of these ineffective
+councils the chief sits usually silent: a kind of a gagged audience for
+village orators. And the deliverance of the fono seems (for the moment)
+to be final. The absolute chiefs of Tahiti and Hawaii were addressed as
+plain John and Thomas; the chiefs of Samoa are surfeited with lip-honour,
+but the seat and extent of their actual authority is hard to find.
+
+It is so in the members of the state, and worse in the belly. The idea
+of a sovereign pervades the air; the name we have; the thing we are not
+so sure of. And the process of election to the chief power is a mystery.
+Certain provinces have in their gift certain high titles, or _names_, as
+they are called. These can only be attributed to the descendants of
+particular lines. Once granted, each name conveys at once the
+principality (whatever that be worth) of the province which bestows it,
+and counts as one suffrage towards the general sovereignty of Samoa. To
+be indubitable king, they say, or some of them say,--I find few in
+perfect harmony,--a man should resume five of these names in his own
+person. But the case is purely hypothetical; local jealousy forbids its
+occurrence. There are rival provinces, far more concerned in the
+prosecution of their rivalry than in the choice of a right man for king.
+If one of these shall have bestowed its name on competitor A, it will be
+the signal and the sufficient reason for the other to bestow its name on
+competitor B or C. The majority of Savaii and that of Aana are thus in
+perennial opposition. Nor is this all. In 1881, Laupepa, the present
+king, held the three names of Malietoa, Natoaitele, and Tamasoalii;
+Tamasese held that of Tuiaana; and Mataafa that of Tuiatua. Laupepa had
+thus a majority of suffrages; he held perhaps as high a proportion as can
+be hoped in these distracted islands; and he counted among the number the
+preponderant name of Malietoa. Here, if ever, was an election. Here, if
+a king were at all possible, was the king. And yet the natives were not
+satisfied. Laupepa was crowned, March 19th; and next month, the
+provinces of Aana and Atua met in joint parliament, and elected their own
+two princes, Tamasese and Mataafa, to an alternate monarchy, Tamasese
+taking the first trick of two years. War was imminent, when the consuls
+interfered, and any war were preferable to the terms of the peace which
+they procured. By the Lackawanna treaty, Laupepa was confirmed king, and
+Tamasese set by his side in the nondescript office of vice-king. The
+compromise was not, I am told, without precedent; but it lacked all
+appearance of success. To the constitution of Samoa, which was already
+all wheels and no horses, the consuls had added a fifth wheel. In
+addition to the old conundrum, "Who is the king?" they had supplied a new
+one, "What is the vice-king?"
+
+Two royal lines; some cloudy idea of alternation between the two; an
+electorate in which the vote of each province is immediately effectual,
+as regards itself, so that every candidate who attains one name becomes a
+perpetual and dangerous competitor for the other four: such are a few of
+the more trenchant absurdities. Many argue that the whole idea of
+sovereignty is modern and imported; but it seems impossible that anything
+so foolish should have been suddenly devised, and the constitution bears
+on its front the marks of dotage.
+
+But the king, once elected and nominated, what does he become? It may be
+said he remains precisely as he was. Election to one of the five names
+is significant; it brings not only dignity but power, and the holder is
+secure, from that moment, of a certain following in war. But I cannot
+find that the further step of election to the kingship implies anything
+worth mention. The successful candidate is now the _Tupu o Samoa_--much
+good may it do him! He can so sign himself on proclamations, which it
+does not follow that any one will heed. He can summon parliaments; it
+does not follow they will assemble. If he be too flagrantly disobeyed,
+he can go to war. But so he could before, when he was only the chief of
+certain provinces. His own provinces will support him, the provinces of
+his rivals will take the field upon the other part; just as before. In
+so far as he is the holder of any of the five _names_, in short, he is a
+man to be reckoned with; in so far as he is king of Samoa, I cannot find
+but what the president of a college debating society is a far more
+formidable officer. And unfortunately, although the credit side of the
+account proves thus imaginary, the debit side is actual and heavy. For
+he is now set up to be the mark of consuls; he will be badgered to raise
+taxes, to make roads, to punish crime, to quell rebellion: and how he is
+to do it is not asked.
+
+If I am in the least right in my presentation of this obscure matter, no
+one need be surprised to hear that the land is full of war and rumours of
+war. Scarce a year goes by but what some province is in arms, or sits
+sulky and menacing, holding parliaments, disregarding the king's
+proclamations and planting food in the bush, the first step of military
+preparation. The religious sentiment of the people is indeed for peace
+at any price; no pastor can bear arms; and even the layman who does so is
+denied the sacraments. In the last war the college of Malua, where the
+picked youth are prepared for the ministry, lost but a single student;
+the rest, in the bosom of a bleeding country, and deaf to the voices of
+vanity and honour, peacefully pursued their studies. But if the church
+looks askance on war, the warrior in no extremity of need or passion
+forgets his consideration for the church. The houses and gardens of her
+ministers stand safe in the midst of armies; a way is reserved for
+themselves along the beach, where they may be seen in their white kilts
+and jackets openly passing the lines, while not a hundred yards behind
+the skirmishers will be exchanging the useless volleys of barbaric
+warfare. Women are also respected; they are not fired upon; and they are
+suffered to pass between the hostile camps, exchanging gossip, spreading
+rumour, and divulging to either army the secret councils of the other.
+This is plainly no savage war; it has all the punctilio of the barbarian,
+and all his parade; feasts precede battles, fine dresses and songs
+decorate and enliven the field; and the young soldier comes to camp
+burning (on the one hand) to distinguish himself by acts of valour, and
+(on the other) to display his acquaintance with field etiquette. Thus
+after Mataafa became involved in hostilities against the Germans, and had
+another code to observe beside his own, he was always asking his white
+advisers if "things were done correctly." Let us try to be as wise as
+Mataafa, and to conceive that etiquette and morals differ in one country
+and another. We shall be the less surprised to find Samoan war defaced
+with some unpalatable customs. The childish destruction of fruit-trees
+in an enemy's country cripples the resources of Samoa; and the habit of
+head-hunting not only revolts foreigners, but has begun to exercise the
+minds of the natives themselves. Soon after the German heads were taken,
+Mr. Carne, Wesleyan missionary, had occasion to visit Mataafa's camp, and
+spoke of the practice with abhorrence. "Misi Kane," said one chief, "we
+have just been puzzling ourselves to guess where that custom came from.
+But, Misi, is it not so that when David killed Goliath, he cut off his
+head and carried it before the king?"
+
+With the civil life of the inhabitants we have far less to do; and yet
+even here a word of preparation is inevitable. They are easy, merry, and
+pleasure-loving; the gayest, though by far from either the most capable
+or the most beautiful of Polynesians. Fine dress is a passion, and makes
+a Samoan festival a thing of beauty. Song is almost ceaseless. The
+boatman sings at the oar, the family at evening worship, the girls at
+night in the guest-house, sometimes the workman at his toil. No occasion
+is too small for the poets and musicians; a death, a visit, the day's
+news, the day's pleasantry, will be set to rhyme and harmony. Even half-
+grown girls, the occasion arising, fashion words and train choruses of
+children for its celebration. Song, as with all Pacific islanders, goes
+hand in hand with the dance, and both shade into the drama. Some of the
+performances are indecent and ugly, some only dull; others are pretty,
+funny, and attractive. Games are popular. Cricket-matches, where a
+hundred played upon a side, endured at times for weeks, and ate up the
+country like the presence of an army. Fishing, the daily bath,
+flirtation; courtship, which is gone upon by proxy; conversation, which
+is largely political; and the delights of public oratory, fill in the
+long hours.
+
+But the special delight of the Samoan is the _malanga_. When people form
+a party and go from village to village, junketing and gossiping, they are
+said to go on a _malanga_. Their songs have announced their approach ere
+they arrive; the guest-house is prepared for their reception; the virgins
+of the village attend to prepare the kava bowl and entertain them with
+the dance; time flies in the enjoyment of every pleasure which an
+islander conceives; and when the _malanga_ sets forth, the same welcome
+and the same joys expect them beyond the next cape, where the nearest
+village nestles in its grove of palms. To the visitors it is all golden;
+for the hosts, it has another side. In one or two words of the language
+the fact peeps slyly out. The same word (_afemoeina_) expresses "a long
+call" and "to come as a calamity"; the same word (_lesolosolou_)
+signifies "to have no intermission of pain" and "to have no cessation, as
+in the arrival of visitors"; and _soua_, used of epidemics, bears the
+sense of being overcome as with "fire, flood, or visitors." But the gem
+of the dictionary is the verb _alovao_, which illustrates its pages like
+a humorous woodcut. It is used in the sense of "to avoid visitors," but
+it means literally "hide in the wood." So, by the sure hand of popular
+speech, we have the picture of the house deserted, the _malanga_
+disappointed, and the host that should have been quaking in the bush.
+
+We are thus brought to the beginning of a series of traits of manners,
+highly curious in themselves, and essential to an understanding of the
+war. In Samoa authority sits on the one hand entranced; on the other,
+property stands bound in the midst of chartered marauders. What property
+exists is vested in the family, not in the individual; and of the loose
+communism in which a family dwells, the dictionary may yet again help us
+to some idea. I find a string of verbs with the following senses: to
+deal leniently with, as in helping oneself from a family plantation; to
+give away without consulting other members of the family; to go to
+strangers for help instead of to relatives; to take from relatives
+without permission; to steal from relatives; to have plantations robbed
+by relatives. The ideal of conduct in the family, and some of its
+depravations, appear here very plainly. The man who (in a native word of
+praise) is _mata-ainga_, a race-regarder, has his hand always open to his
+kindred; the man who is not (in a native term of contempt) _noa_, knows
+always where to turn in any pinch of want or extremity of laziness.
+Beggary within the family--and by the less self-respecting, without
+it--has thus grown into a custom and a scourge, and the dictionary teems
+with evidence of its abuse. Special words signify the begging of food,
+of uncooked food, of fish, of pigs, of pigs for travellers, of pigs for
+stock, of taro, of taro-tops, of taro-tops for planting, of tools, of
+flyhooks, of implements for netting pigeons, and of mats. It is true the
+beggar was supposed in time to make a return, somewhat as by the Roman
+contract of _mutuum_. But the obligation was only moral; it could not
+be, or was not, enforced; as a matter of fact, it was disregarded. The
+language had recently to borrow from the Tahitians a word for debt; while
+by a significant excidence, it possessed a native expression for the
+failure to pay--"to omit to make a return for property begged." Conceive
+now the position of the householder besieged by harpies, and all defence
+denied him by the laws of honour. The sacramental gesture of refusal,
+his last and single resource, was supposed to signify "my house is
+destitute." Until that point was reached, in other words, the conduct
+prescribed for a Samoan was to give and to continue giving. But it does
+not appear he was at all expected to give with a good grace. The
+dictionary is well stocked with expressions standing ready, like
+missiles, to be discharged upon the locusts--"troop of shamefaced ones,"
+"you draw in your head like a tern," "you make your voice small like a
+whistle-pipe," "you beg like one delirious"; and the verb _pongitai_, "to
+look cross," is equipped with the pregnant rider, "as at the sight of
+beggars."
+
+This insolence of beggars and the weakness of proprietors can only be
+illustrated by examples. We have a girl in our service to whom we had
+given some finery, that she might wait at table, and (at her own request)
+some warm clothing against the cold mornings of the bush. She went on a
+visit to her family, and returned in an old tablecloth, her whole
+wardrobe having been divided out among relatives in the course of twenty-
+four hours. A pastor in the province of Atua, being a handy, busy man,
+bought a boat for a hundred dollars, fifty of which he paid down.
+Presently after, relatives came to him upon a visit and took a fancy to
+his new possession. "We have long been wanting a boat," said they. "Give
+us this one." So, when the visit was done, they departed in the boat.
+The pastor, meanwhile, travelled into Savaii the best way he could, sold
+a parcel of land, and begged mats among his other relatives, to pay the
+remainder of the price of the boat which was no longer his. You might
+think this was enough; but some months later, the harpies, having broken
+a thwart, brought back the boat to be repaired and repainted by the
+original owner.
+
+Such customs, it might be argued, being double-edged, will ultimately
+right themselves. But it is otherwise in practice. Such folk as the
+pastor's harpy relatives will generally have a boat, and will never have
+paid for it; such men as the pastor may have sometimes paid for a boat,
+but they will never have one. It is there as it is with us at home: the
+measure of the abuse of either system is the blackness of the individual
+heart. The same man, who would drive his poor relatives from his own
+door in England, would besiege in Samoa the doors of the rich; and the
+essence of the dishonesty in either case is to pursue one's own advantage
+and to be indifferent to the losses of one's neighbour. But the
+particular drawback of the Polynesian system is to depress and stagger
+industry. To work more is there only to be more pillaged; to save is
+impossible. The family has then made a good day of it when all are
+filled and nothing remains over for the crew of free-booters; and the
+injustice of the system begins to be recognised even in Samoa. One
+native is said to have amassed a certain fortune; two clever lads have
+individually expressed to us their discontent with a system which taxes
+industry to pamper idleness; and I hear that in one village of Savaii a
+law has been passed forbidding gifts under the penalty of a sharp fine.
+
+Under this economic regimen, the unpopularity of taxes, which strike all
+at the same time, which expose the industrious to a perfect siege of
+mendicancy, and the lazy to be actually condemned to a day's labour, may
+be imagined without words. It is more important to note the concurrent
+relaxation of all sense of property. From applying for help to kinsmen
+who are scarce permitted to refuse, it is but a step to taking from them
+(in the dictionary phrase) "without permission"; from that to theft at
+large is but a hair's-breadth.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II--THE ELEMENTS OF DISCORD: FOREIGN
+
+
+The huge majority of Samoans, like other God-fearing folk in other
+countries, are perfectly content with their own manners. And upon one
+condition, it is plain they might enjoy themselves far beyond the average
+of man. Seated in islands very rich in food, the idleness of the many
+idle would scarce matter; and the provinces might continue to bestow
+their names among rival pretenders, and fall into war and enjoy that a
+while, and drop into peace and enjoy that, in a manner highly to be
+envied. But the condition--that they should be let alone--is now no
+longer possible. More than a hundred years ago, and following closely on
+the heels of Cook, an irregular invasion of adventurers began to swarm
+about the isles of the Pacific. The seven sleepers of Polynesia stand,
+still but half aroused, in the midst of the century of competition. And
+the island races, comparable to a shopful of crockery launched upon the
+stream of time, now fall to make their desperate voyage among pots of
+brass and adamant.
+
+Apia, the port and mart, is the seat of the political sickness of Samoa.
+At the foot of a peaked, woody mountain, the coast makes a deep indent,
+roughly semicircular. In front the barrier reef is broken by the fresh
+water of the streams; if the swell be from the north, it enters almost
+without diminution; and the war-ships roll dizzily at their moorings, and
+along the fringing coral which follows the configuration of the beach,
+the surf breaks with a continuous uproar. In wild weather, as the world
+knows, the roads are untenable. Along the whole shore, which is
+everywhere green and level and overlooked by inland mountain-tops, the
+town lies drawn out in strings and clusters. The western horn is
+Mulinuu, the eastern, Matautu; and from one to the other of these
+extremes, I ask the reader to walk. He will find more of the history of
+Samoa spread before his eyes in that excursion, than has yet been
+collected in the blue-books or the white-books of the world. Mulinuu
+(where the walk is to begin) is a flat, wind-swept promontory, planted
+with palms, backed against a swamp of mangroves, and occupied by a rather
+miserable village. The reader is informed that this is the proper
+residence of the Samoan kings; he will be the more surprised to observe a
+board set up, and to read that this historic village is the property of
+the German firm. But these boards, which are among the commonest
+features of the landscape, may be rather taken to imply that the claim
+has been disputed. A little farther east he skirts the stores, offices,
+and barracks of the firm itself. Thence he will pass through Matafele,
+the one really town-like portion of this long string of villages, by
+German bars and stores and the German consulate; and reach the Catholic
+mission and cathedral standing by the mouth of a small river. The bridge
+which crosses here (bridge of Mulivai) is a frontier; behind is Matafele;
+beyond, Apia proper; behind, Germans are supreme; beyond, with but few
+exceptions, all is Anglo-Saxon. Here the reader will go forward past the
+stores of Mr. Moors (American) and Messrs. MacArthur (English); past the
+English mission, the office of the English newspaper, the English church,
+and the old American consulate, till he reaches the mouth of a larger
+river, the Vaisingano. Beyond, in Matautu, his way takes him in the
+shade of many trees and by scattered dwellings, and presently brings him
+beside a great range of offices, the place and the monument of a German
+who fought the German firm during his life. His house (now he is dead)
+remains pointed like a discharged cannon at the citadel of his old
+enemies. Fitly enough, it is at present leased and occupied by
+Englishmen. A little farther, and the reader gains the eastern flanking
+angle of the bay, where stands the pilot-house and signal-post, and
+whence he can see, on the line of the main coast of the island, the
+British and the new American consulates.
+
+The course of his walk will have been enlivened by a considerable to and
+fro of pleasure and business. He will have encountered many varieties of
+whites,--sailors, merchants, clerks, priests, Protestant missionaries in
+their pith helmets, and the nondescript hangers-on of any island beach.
+And the sailors are sometimes in considerable force; but not the
+residents. He will think at times there are more signboards than men to
+own them. It may chance it is a full day in the harbour; he will then
+have seen all manner of ships, from men-of-war and deep-sea packets to
+the labour vessels of the German firm and the cockboat island schooner;
+and if he be of an arithmetical turn, he may calculate that there are
+more whites afloat in Apia bay than whites ashore in the whole
+Archipelago. On the other hand, he will have encountered all ranks of
+natives, chiefs and pastors in their scrupulous white clothes; perhaps
+the king himself, attended by guards in uniform; smiling policemen with
+their pewter stars; girls, women, crowds of cheerful children. And he
+will have asked himself with some surprise where these reside. Here and
+there, in the back yards of European establishments, he may have had a
+glimpse of a native house elbowed in a corner; but since he left Mulinuu,
+none on the beach where islanders prefer to live, scarce one on the line
+of street. The handful of whites have everything; the natives walk in a
+foreign town. A year ago, on a knoll behind a bar-room, he might have
+observed a native house guarded by sentries and flown over by the
+standard of Samoa. He would then have been told it was the seat of
+government, driven (as I have to relate) over the Mulivai and from beyond
+the German town into the Anglo-Saxon. To-day, he will learn it has been
+carted back again to its old quarters. And he will think it significant
+that the king of the islands should be thus shuttled to and fro in his
+chief city at the nod of aliens. And then he will observe a feature more
+significant still: a house with some concourse of affairs, policemen and
+idlers hanging by, a man at a bank-counter overhauling manifests, perhaps
+a trial proceeding in the front verandah, or perhaps the council breaking
+up in knots after a stormy sitting. And he will remember that he is in
+the _Eleele Sa_, the "Forbidden Soil," or Neutral Territory of the
+treaties; that the magistrate whom he has just seen trying native
+criminals is no officer of the native king's; and that this, the only
+port and place of business in the kingdom, collects and administers its
+own revenue for its own behoof by the hands of white councillors and
+under the supervision of white consuls. Let him go further afield. He
+will find the roads almost everywhere to cease or to be made impassable
+by native pig-fences, bridges to be quite unknown, and houses of the
+whites to become at once a rare exception. Set aside the German
+plantations, and the frontier is sharp. At the boundary of the _Eleele
+Sa_, Europe ends, Samoa begins. Here, then, is a singular state of
+affairs: all the money, luxury, and business of the kingdom centred in
+one place; that place excepted from the native government and
+administered by whites for whites; and the whites themselves holding it
+not in common but in hostile camps, so that it lies between them like a
+bone between two dogs, each growling, each clutching his own end.
+
+Should Apia ever choose a coat of arms, I have a motto ready: "Enter
+Rumour painted full of tongues." The majority of the natives do
+extremely little; the majority of the whites are merchants with some four
+mails in the month, shopkeepers with some ten or twenty customers a day,
+and gossip is the common resource of all. The town hums to the day's
+news, and the bars are crowded with amateur politicians. Some are office-
+seekers, and earwig king and consul, and compass the fall of officials,
+with an eye to salary. Some are humorists, delighted with the pleasure
+of faction for itself. "I never saw so good a place as this Apia," said
+one of these; "you can be in a new conspiracy every day!" Many, on the
+other hand, are sincerely concerned for the future of the country. The
+quarters are so close and the scale is so small, that perhaps not any one
+can be trusted always to preserve his temper. Every one tells everything
+he knows; that is our country sickness. Nearly every one has been
+betrayed at times, and told a trifle more; the way our sickness takes the
+predisposed. And the news flies, and the tongues wag, and fists are
+shaken. Pot boil and caldron bubble!
+
+Within the memory of man, the white people of Apia lay in the worst
+squalor of degradation. They are now unspeakably improved, both men and
+women. To-day they must be called a more than fairly respectable
+population, and a much more than fairly intelligent. The whole would
+probably not fill the ranks of even an English half-battalion, yet there
+are a surprising number above the average in sense, knowledge, and
+manners. The trouble (for Samoa) is that they are all here after a
+livelihood. Some are sharp practitioners, some are famous (justly or
+not) for foul play in business. Tales fly. One merchant warns you
+against his neighbour; the neighbour on the first occasion is found to
+return the compliment: each with a good circumstantial story to the
+proof. There is so much copra in the islands, and no more; a man's share
+of it is his share of bread; and commerce, like politics, is here
+narrowed to a focus, shows its ugly side, and becomes as personal as
+fisticuffs. Close at their elbows, in all this contention, stands the
+native looking on. Like a child, his true analogue, he observes,
+apprehends, misapprehends, and is usually silent. As in a child, a
+considerable intemperance of speech is accompanied by some power of
+secrecy. News he publishes; his thoughts have often to be dug for. He
+looks on at the rude career of the dollar-hunt, and wonders. He sees
+these men rolling in a luxury beyond the ambition of native kings; he
+hears them accused by each other of the meanest trickery; he knows some
+of them to be guilty; and what is he to think? He is strongly conscious
+of his own position as the common milk-cow; and what is he to do? "Surely
+these white men on the beach are not great chiefs?" is a common question,
+perhaps asked with some design of flattering the person questioned. And
+one, stung by the last incident into an unusual flow of English, remarked
+to me: "I begin to be weary of white men on the beach."
+
+But the true centre of trouble, the head of the boil of which Samoa
+languishes, is the German firm. From the conditions of business, a great
+island house must ever be an inheritance of care; and it chances that the
+greatest still afoot has its chief seat in Apia bay, and has sunk the
+main part of its capital in the island of Upolu. When its founder, John
+Caesar Godeffroy, went bankrupt over Russian paper and Westphalian iron,
+his most considerable asset was found to be the South Sea business. This
+passed (I understand) through the hands of Baring Brothers in London, and
+is now run by a company rejoicing in the Gargantuan name of the _Deutsche
+Handels und Plantagen Gesellschaft fur Sud-See Inseln zu Hamburg_. This
+piece of literature is (in practice) shortened to the D. H. and P. G.,
+the Old Firm, the German Firm, the Firm, and (among humorists) the Long
+Handle Firm. Even from the deck of an approaching ship, the island is
+seen to bear its signature--zones of cultivation showing in a more vivid
+tint of green on the dark vest of forest. The total area in use is near
+ten thousand acres. Hedges of fragrant lime enclose, broad avenues
+intersect them. You shall walk for hours in parks of palm-tree alleys,
+regular, like soldiers on parade; in the recesses of the hills you may
+stumble on a mill-house, toiling and trembling there, fathoms deep in
+superincumbent forest. On the carpet of clean sward, troops of horses
+and herds of handsome cattle may be seen to browse; and to one accustomed
+to the rough luxuriance of the tropics, the appearance is of fairyland.
+The managers, many of them German sea-captains, are enthusiastic in their
+new employment. Experiment is continually afoot: coffee and cacao, both
+of excellent quality, are among the more recent outputs; and from one
+plantation quantities of pineapples are sent at a particular season to
+the Sydney markets. A hundred and fifty thousand pounds of English
+money, perhaps two hundred thousand, lie sunk in these magnificent
+estates. In estimating the expense of maintenance quite a fleet of ships
+must be remembered, and a strong staff of captains, supercargoes,
+overseers, and clerks. These last mess together at a liberal board; the
+wages are high, and the staff is inspired with a strong and pleasing
+sentiment of loyalty to their employers.
+
+Seven or eight hundred imported men and women toil for the company on
+contracts of three or of five years, and at a hypothetical wage of a few
+dollars in the month. I am now on a burning question: the labour
+traffic; and I shall ask permission in this place only to touch it with
+the tongs. Suffice it to say that in Queensland, Fiji, New Caledonia,
+and Hawaii it has been either suppressed or placed under close public
+supervision. In Samoa, where it still flourishes, there is no regulation
+of which the public receives any evidence; and the dirty linen of the
+firm, if there be any dirty, and if it be ever washed at all, is washed
+in private. This is unfortunate, if Germans would believe it. But they
+have no idea of publicity, keep their business to themselves, rather
+affect to "move in a mysterious way," and are naturally incensed by
+criticisms, which they consider hypocritical, from men who would import
+"labour" for themselves, if they could afford it, and would probably
+maltreat them if they dared. It is said the whip is very busy on some of
+the plantations; it is said that punitive extra-labour, by which the
+thrall's term of service is extended, has grown to be an abuse; and it is
+complained that, even where that term is out, much irregularity occurs in
+the repatriation of the discharged. To all this I can say nothing, good
+or bad. A certain number of the thralls, many of them wild negritos from
+the west, have taken to the bush, harbour there in a state partly
+bestial, or creep into the back quarters of the town to do a day's
+stealthy labour under the nose of their proprietors. Twelve were
+arrested one morning in my own boys' kitchen. Farther in the bush, huts,
+small patches of cultivation, and smoking ovens, have been found by
+hunters. There are still three runaways in the woods of Tutuila, whither
+they escaped upon a raft. And the Samoans regard these dark-skinned
+rangers with extreme alarm; the fourth refugee in Tutuila was shot down
+(as I was told in that island) while carrying off the virgin of a
+village; and tales of cannibalism run round the country, and the natives
+shudder about the evening fire. For the Samoans are not cannibals, do
+not seem to remember when they were, and regard the practice with a
+disfavour equal to our own.
+
+The firm is Gulliver among the Lilliputs; and it must not be forgotten,
+that while the small, independent traders are fighting for their own
+hand, and inflamed with the usual jealousy against corporations, the
+Germans are inspired with a sense of the greatness of their affairs and
+interests. The thought of the money sunk, the sight of these costly and
+beautiful plantations, menaced yearly by the returning forest, and the
+responsibility of administering with one hand so many conjunct fortunes,
+might well nerve the manager of such a company for desperate and
+questionable deeds. Upon this scale, commercial sharpness has an air of
+patriotism; and I can imagine the man, so far from haggling over the
+scourge for a few Solomon islanders, prepared to oppress rival firms,
+overthrow inconvenient monarchs, and let loose the dogs of war. Whatever
+he may decide, he will not want for backing. Every clerk will be eager
+to be up and strike a blow; and most Germans in the group, whatever they
+may babble of the firm over the walnuts and the wine, will rally round
+the national concern at the approach of difficulty. They are so few--I
+am ashamed to give their number, it were to challenge contradiction--they
+are so few, and the amount of national capital buried at their feet is so
+vast, that we must not wonder if they seem oppressed with greatness and
+the sense of empire. Other whites take part in our brabbles, while
+temper holds out, with a certain schoolboy entertainment. In the Germans
+alone, no trace of humour is to be observed, and their solemnity is
+accompanied by a touchiness often beyond belief. Patriotism flies in
+arms about a hen; and if you comment upon the colour of a Dutch umbrella,
+you have cast a stone against the German Emperor. I give one instance,
+typical although extreme. One who had returned from Tutuila on the mail
+cutter complained of the vermin with which she is infested. He was
+suddenly and sharply brought to a stand. The ship of which he spoke, he
+was reminded, was a German ship.
+
+John Caesar Godeffroy himself had never visited the islands; his sons and
+nephews came, indeed, but scarcely to reap laurels; and the mainspring
+and headpiece of this great concern, until death took him, was a certain
+remarkable man of the name of Theodor Weber. He was of an artful and
+commanding character; in the smallest thing or the greatest, without fear
+or scruple; equally able to affect, equally ready to adopt, the most
+engaging politeness or the most imperious airs of domination. It was he
+who did most damage to rival traders; it was he who most harried the
+Samoans; and yet I never met any one, white or native, who did not
+respect his memory. All felt it was a gallant battle, and the man a
+great fighter; and now when he is dead, and the war seems to have gone
+against him, many can scarce remember, without a kind of regret, how much
+devotion and audacity have been spent in vain. His name still lives in
+the songs of Samoa. One, that I have heard, tells of _Misi Ueba_ and a
+biscuit-box--the suggesting incident being long since forgotten. Another
+sings plaintively how all things, land and food and property, pass
+progressively, as by a law of nature, into the hands of _Misi Ueba_, and
+soon nothing will be left for Samoans. This is an epitaph the man would
+have enjoyed.
+
+At one period of his career, Weber combined the offices of director of
+the firm and consul for the City of Hamburg. No question but he then
+drove very hard. Germans admit that the combination was unfortunate; and
+it was a German who procured its overthrow. Captain Zembsch superseded
+him with an imperial appointment, one still remembered in Samoa as "the
+gentleman who acted justly." There was no house to be found, and the new
+consul must take up his quarters at first under the same roof with Weber.
+On several questions, in which the firm was vitally interested, Zembsch
+embraced the contrary opinion. Riding one day with an Englishman in
+Vailele plantation, he was startled by a burst of screaming, leaped from
+the saddle, ran round a house, and found an overseer beating one of the
+thralls. He punished the overseer, and, being a kindly and perhaps not a
+very diplomatic man, talked high of what he felt and what he might
+consider it his duty to forbid or to enforce. The firm began to look
+askance at such a consul; and worse was behind. A number of deeds being
+brought to the consulate for registration, Zembsch detected certain
+transfers of land in which the date, the boundaries, the measure, and the
+consideration were all blank. He refused them with an indignation which
+he does not seem to have been able to keep to himself; and, whether or
+not by his fault, some of these unfortunate documents became public. It
+was plain that the relations between the two flanks of the German
+invasion, the diplomatic and the commercial, were strained to bursting.
+But Weber was a man ill to conquer. Zembsch was recalled; and from that
+time forth, whether through influence at home, or by the solicitations of
+Weber on the spot, the German consulate has shown itself very apt to play
+the game of the German firm. That game, we may say, was twofold,--the
+first part even praiseworthy, the second at least natural. On the one
+part, they desired an efficient native administration, to open up the
+country and punish crime; they wished, on the other, to extend their own
+provinces and to curtail the dealings of their rivals. In the first,
+they had the jealous and diffident sympathy of all whites; in the second,
+they had all whites banded together against them for their lives and
+livelihoods. It was thus a game of _Beggar my Neighbour_ between a large
+merchant and some small ones. Had it so remained, it would still have
+been a cut-throat quarrel. But when the consulate appeared to be
+concerned, when the war-ships of the German Empire were thought to fetch
+and carry for the firm, the rage of the independent traders broke beyond
+restraint. And, largely from the national touchiness and the intemperate
+speech of German clerks, this scramble among dollar-hunters assumed the
+appearance of an inter-racial war.
+
+The firm, with the indomitable Weber at its head and the consulate at its
+back--there has been the chief enemy at Samoa. No English reader can
+fail to be reminded of John Company; and if the Germans appear to have
+been not so successful, we can only wonder that our own blunders and
+brutalities were less severely punished. Even on the field of Samoa,
+though German faults and aggressors make up the burthen of my story, they
+have been nowise alone. Three nations were engaged in this infinitesimal
+affray, and not one appears with credit. They figure but as the three
+ruffians of the elder play-wrights. The United States have the cleanest
+hands, and even theirs are not immaculate. It was an ambiguous business
+when a private American adventurer was landed with his pieces of
+artillery from an American war-ship, and became prime minister to the
+king. It is true (even if he were ever really supported) that he was
+soon dropped and had soon sold himself for money to the German firm. I
+will leave it to the reader whether this trait dignifies or not the
+wretched story. And the end of it spattered the credit alike of England
+and the States, when this man (the premier of a friendly sovereign) was
+kidnapped and deported, on the requisition of an American consul, by the
+captain of an English war-ship. I shall have to tell, as I proceed, of
+villages shelled on very trifling grounds by Germans; the like has been
+done of late years, though in a better quarrel, by ourselves of England.
+I shall have to tell how the Germans landed and shed blood at Fangalii;
+it was only in 1876 that we British had our own misconceived little
+massacre at Mulinuu. I shall have to tell how the Germans bludgeoned
+Malietoa with a sudden call for money; it was something of the suddenest
+that Sir Arthur Gordon himself, smarting under a sensible public affront,
+made and enforced a somewhat similar demand.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III--THE SORROWS OF LAUPEPA, 1883 TO 1887
+
+
+You ride in a German plantation and see no bush, no soul stirring; only
+acres of empty sward, miles of cocoa-nut alley: a desert of food. In the
+eyes of the Samoan the place has the attraction of a park for the holiday
+schoolboy, of a granary for mice. We must add the yet more lively
+allurement of a haunted house, for over these empty and silent miles
+there broods the fear of the negrito cannibal. For the Samoan besides,
+there is something barbaric, unhandsome, and absurd in the idea of thus
+growing food only to send it from the land and sell it. A man at home
+who should turn all Yorkshire into one wheatfield, and annually burn his
+harvest on the altar of Mumbo-Jumbo, might impress ourselves not much
+otherwise. And the firm which does these things is quite extraneous, a
+wen that might be excised to-morrow without loss but to itself; few
+natives drawing from it so much as day's wages; and the rest beholding in
+it only the occupier of their acres. The nearest villages have suffered
+most; they see over the hedge the lands of their ancestors waving with
+useless cocoa-palms; and the sales were often questionable, and must
+still more often appear so to regretful natives, spinning and improving
+yarns about the evening lamp. At the worst, then, to help oneself from
+the plantation will seem to a Samoan very like orchard-breaking to the
+British schoolboy; at the best, it will be thought a gallant
+Robin-Hoodish readjustment of a public wrong.
+
+And there is more behind. Not only is theft from the plantations
+regarded rather as a lark and peccadillo, the idea of theft in itself is
+not very clearly present to these communists; and as to the punishment of
+crime in general, a great gulf of opinion divides the natives from
+ourselves. Indigenous punishments were short and sharp. Death,
+deportation by the primitive method of setting the criminal to sea in a
+canoe, fines, and in Samoa itself the penalty of publicly biting a hot,
+ill-smelling root, comparable to a rough forfeit in a children's
+game--these are approved. The offender is killed, or punished and
+forgiven. We, on the other hand, harbour malice for a period of years:
+continuous shame attaches to the criminal; even when he is doing his
+best--even when he is submitting to the worst form of torture, regular
+work--he is to stand aside from life and from his family in dreadful
+isolation. These ideas most Polynesians have accepted in appearance, as
+they accept other ideas of the whites; in practice, they reduce it to a
+farce. I have heard the French resident in the Marquesas in talk with
+the French gaoler of Tai-o-hae: "_Eh bien, ou sont vos prisonnieres_?--_Je
+crois, mon commandant, qu'elles sont allees quelque part faire une
+visite_." And the ladies would be welcome. This is to take the most
+savage of Polynesians; take some of the most civilised. In Honolulu,
+convicts labour on the highways in piebald clothing, gruesome and
+ridiculous; and it is a common sight to see the family of such an one
+troop out, about the dinner hour, wreathed with flowers and in their
+holiday best, to picnic with their kinsman on the public wayside. The
+application of these outlandish penalties, in fact, transfers the
+sympathy to the offender. Remember, besides, that the clan system, and
+that imperfect idea of justice which is its worst feature, are still
+lively in Samoa; that it is held the duty of a judge to favour kinsmen,
+of a king to protect his vassals; and the difficulty of getting a
+plantation thief first caught, then convicted, and last of all punished,
+will appear.
+
+During the early 'eighties, the Germans looked upon this system with
+growing irritation. They might see their convict thrust in gaol by the
+front door; they could never tell how soon he was enfranchised by the
+back; and they need not be the least surprised if they met him, a few
+days after, enjoying the delights of a _malanga_. It was a banded
+conspiracy, from the king and the vice-king downward, to evade the law
+and deprive the Germans of their profits. In 1883, accordingly, the
+consul, Dr. Stuebel, extorted a convention on the subject, in terms of
+which Samoans convicted of offences against German subjects were to be
+confined in a private gaol belonging to the German firm. To Dr. Stuebel
+it seemed simple enough: the offenders were to be effectually punished,
+the sufferers partially indemnified. To the Samoans, the thing appeared
+no less simple, but quite different: "Malietoa was selling Samoans to
+Misi Ueba." What else could be expected? Here was a private corporation
+engaged in making money; to it was delegated, upon a question of profit
+and loss, one of the functions of the Samoan crown; and those who make
+anomalies must look for comments. Public feeling ran unanimous and high.
+Prisoners who escaped from the private gaol were not recaptured or not
+returned and Malietoa hastened to build a new prison of his own, whither
+he conveyed, or pretended to convey, the fugitives. In October 1885 a
+trenchant state paper issued from the German consulate. Twenty
+prisoners, the consul wrote, had now been at large for eight months from
+Weber's prison. It was pretended they had since then completed their
+term of punishment elsewhere. Dr. Stuebel did not seek to conceal his
+incredulity; but he took ground beyond; he declared the point irrelevant.
+The law was to be enforced. The men were condemned to a certain period
+in Weber's prison; they had run away; they must now be brought back and
+(whatever had become of them in the interval) work out the sentence.
+Doubtless Dr. Stuebel's demands were substantially just; but doubtless
+also they bore from the outside a great appearance of harshness; and when
+the king submitted, the murmurs of the people increased.
+
+But Weber was not yet content. The law had to be enforced; property, or
+at least the property of the firm, must be respected. And during an
+absence of the consul's, he seems to have drawn up with his own hand, and
+certainly first showed to the king, in his own house, a new convention.
+Weber here and Weber there. As an able man, he was perhaps in the right
+to prepare and propose conventions. As the head of a trading company, he
+seems far out of his part to be communicating state papers to a
+sovereign. The administration of justice was the colour, and I am
+willing to believe the purpose, of the new paper; but its effect was to
+depose the existing government. A council of two Germans and two Samoans
+were to be invested with the right to make laws and impose taxes as might
+be "desirable for the common interest of the Samoan government and the
+German residents." The provisions of this council the king and vice-king
+were to sign blindfold. And by a last hardship, the Germans, who
+received all the benefit, reserved a right to recede from the agreement
+on six months' notice; the Samoans, who suffered all the loss, were bound
+by it in perpetuity. I can never believe that my friend Dr. Stuebel had
+a hand in drafting these proposals; I am only surprised he should have
+been a party to enforcing them, perhaps the chief error in these islands
+of a man who has made few. And they were enforced with a rigour that
+seems injudicious. The Samoans (according to their own account) were
+denied a copy of the document; they were certainly rated and threatened;
+their deliberation was treated as contumacy; two German war-ships lay in
+port, and it was hinted that these would shortly intervene.
+
+Succeed in frightening a child, and he takes refuge in duplicity.
+"Malietoa," one of the chiefs had written, "we know well we are in
+bondage to the great governments." It was now thought one tyrant might
+be better than three, and any one preferable to Germany. On the 5th
+November 1885, accordingly, Laupepa, Tamasese, and forty-eight high
+chiefs met in secret, and the supremacy of Samoa was secretly offered to
+Great Britain for the second time in history. Laupepa and Tamasese still
+figured as king and vice-king in the eyes of Dr. Stuebel; in their own,
+they had secretly abdicated, were become private persons, and might do
+what they pleased without binding or dishonouring their country. On the
+morrow, accordingly, they did public humiliation in the dust before the
+consulate, and five days later signed the convention. The last was done,
+it is claimed, upon an impulse. The humiliation, which it appeared to
+the Samoans so great a thing to offer, to the practical mind of Dr.
+Stuebel seemed a trifle to receive; and the pressure was continued and
+increased. Laupepa and Tamasese were both heavy, well-meaning,
+inconclusive men. Laupepa, educated for the ministry, still bears some
+marks of it in character and appearance; Tamasese was in private of an
+amorous and sentimental turn, but no one would have guessed it from his
+solemn and dull countenance. Impossible to conceive two less dashing
+champions for a threatened race; and there is no doubt they were reduced
+to the extremity of muddlement and childish fear. It was drawing towards
+night on the 10th, when this luckless pair and a chief of the name of
+Tuiatafu, set out for the German consulate, still minded to temporise. As
+they went, they discussed their case with agitation. They could see the
+lights of the German war-ships as they walked--an eloquent reminder. And
+it was then that Tamasese proposed to sign the convention. "It will give
+us peace for the day," said Laupepa, "and afterwards Great Britain must
+decide."--"Better fight Germany than that!" cried Tuiatafu, speaking
+words of wisdom, and departed in anger. But the two others proceeded on
+their fatal errand; signed the convention, writing themselves king and
+vice-king, as they now believed themselves to be no longer; and with
+childish perfidy took part in a scene of "reconciliation" at the German
+consulate.
+
+Malietoa supposed himself betrayed by Tamasese. Consul Churchward states
+with precision that the document was sold by a scribe for thirty-six
+dollars. Twelve days later at least, November 22nd, the text of the
+address to Great Britain came into the hands of Dr. Stuebel. The Germans
+may have been wrong before; they were now in the right to be angry. They
+had been publicly, solemnly, and elaborately fooled; the treaty and the
+reconciliation were both fraudulent, with the broad, farcical fraudulency
+of children and barbarians. This history is much from the outside; it is
+the digested report of eye-witnesses; it can be rarely corrected from
+state papers; and as to what consuls felt and thought, or what
+instructions they acted under, I must still be silent or proceed by
+guess. It is my guess that Stuebel now decided Malietoa Laupepa to be a
+man impossible to trust and unworthy to be dealt with. And it is certain
+that the business of his deposition was put in hand at once. The
+position of Weber, with his knowledge of things native, his prestige, and
+his enterprising intellect, must have always made him influential with
+the consul: at this juncture he was indispensable. Here was the deed to
+be done; here the man of action. "Mr. Weber rested not," says Laupepa.
+It was "like the old days of his own consulate," writes Churchward. His
+messengers filled the isle; his house was thronged with chiefs and
+orators; he sat close over his loom, delightedly weaving the future.
+There was one thing requisite to the intrigue,--a native pretender; and
+the very man, you would have said, stood waiting: Mataafa, titular of
+Atua, descended from both the royal lines, late joint king with Tamasese,
+fobbed off with nothing in the time of the Lackawanna treaty, probably
+mortified by the circumstance, a chief with a strong following, and in
+character and capacity high above the native average. Yet when Weber's
+spiriting was done, and the curtain rose on the set scene of the
+coronation, Mataafa was absent, and Tamasese stood in his place. Malietoa
+was to be deposed for a piece of solemn and offensive trickery, and the
+man selected to replace him was his sole partner and accomplice in the
+act. For so strange a choice, good ground must have existed; but it
+remains conjectural: some supposing Mataafa scratched as too independent;
+others that Tamasese had indeed betrayed Laupepa, and his new advancement
+was the price of his treachery.
+
+So these two chiefs began to change places like the scales of a balance,
+one down, the other up. Tamasese raised his flag (Jan. 28th, 1886) in
+Leulumoenga, chief place of his own province of Aana, usurped the style
+of king, and began to collect and arm a force. Weber, by the admission
+of Stuebel, was in the market supplying him with weapons; so were the
+Americans; so, but for our salutary British law, would have been the
+British; for wherever there is a sound of battle, there will the traders
+be gathered together selling arms. A little longer, and we find Tamasese
+visited and addressed as king and majesty by a German commodore.
+Meanwhile, for the unhappy Malietoa, the road led downward. He was
+refused a bodyguard. He was turned out of Mulinuu, the seat of his
+royalty, on a land claim of Weber's, fled across the Mulivai, and "had
+the coolness" (German expression) to hoist his flag in Apia. He was
+asked "in the most polite manner," says the same account--"in the most
+delicate manner in the world," a reader of Marryat might be tempted to
+amend the phrase,--to strike his flag in his own capital; and on his
+"refusal to accede to this request," Dr. Stuebel appeared himself with
+ten men and an officer from the cruiser _Albatross_; a sailor climbed
+into the tree and brought down the flag of Samoa, which was carefully
+folded, and sent, "in the most polite manner," to its owner. The consuls
+of England and the States were there (the excellent gentlemen!) to
+protest. Last, and yet more explicit, the German commodore who visited
+the be-titled Tamasese, addressed the king--we may surely say the late
+king--as "the High Chief Malietoa."
+
+Had he no party, then? At that time, it is probable, he might have
+called some five-sevenths of Samoa to his standard. And yet he sat
+there, helpless monarch, like a fowl trussed for roasting. The blame
+lies with himself, because he was a helpless creature; it lies also with
+England and the States. Their agents on the spot preached peace (where
+there was no peace, and no pretence of it) with eloquence and iteration.
+Secretary Bayard seems to have felt a call to join personally in the
+solemn farce, and was at the expense of a telegram in which he assured
+the sinking monarch it was "for the higher interests of Samoa" he should
+do nothing. There was no man better at doing that; the advice came
+straight home, and was devoutly followed. And to be just to the great
+Powers, something was done in Europe; a conference was called, it was
+agreed to send commissioners to Samoa, and the decks had to be hastily
+cleared against their visit. Dr. Stuebel had attached the municipality
+of Apia and hoisted the German war-flag over Mulinuu; the American consul
+(in a sudden access of good service) had flown the stars and stripes over
+Samoan colours; on either side these steps were solemnly retracted. The
+Germans expressly disowned Tamasese; and the islands fell into a period
+of suspense, of some twelve months' duration, during which the seat of
+the history was transferred to other countries and escapes my purview.
+Here on the spot, I select three incidents: the arrival on the scene of a
+new actor, the visit of the Hawaiian embassy, and the riot on the
+Emperor's birthday. The rest shall be silence; only it must be borne in
+view that Tamasese all the while continued to strengthen himself in
+Leulumoenga, and Laupepa sat inactive listening to the song of consuls.
+
+_Captain Brandeis_. The new actor was Brandeis, a Bavarian captain of
+artillery, of a romantic and adventurous character. He had served with
+credit in war; but soon wearied of garrison life, resigned his battery,
+came to the States, found employment as a civil engineer, visited Cuba,
+took a sub-contract on the Panama canal, caught the fever, and came (for
+the sake of the sea voyage) to Australia. He had that natural love for
+the tropics which lies so often latent in persons of a northern birth;
+difficulty and danger attracted him; and when he was picked out for
+secret duty, to be the hand of Germany in Samoa, there is no doubt but he
+accepted the post with exhilaration. It is doubtful if a better choice
+could have been made. He had courage, integrity, ideas of his own, and
+loved the employment, the people, and the place. Yet there was a fly in
+the ointment. The double error of unnecessary stealth and of the
+immixture of a trading company in political affairs, has vitiated, and in
+the end defeated, much German policy. And Brandeis was introduced to the
+islands as a clerk, and sent down to Leulumoenga (where he was soon
+drilling the troops and fortifying the position of the rebel king) as an
+agent of the German firm. What this mystification cost in the end I
+shall tell in another place; and even in the beginning, it deceived no
+one. Brandeis is a man of notable personal appearance; he looks the part
+allotted him; and the military clerk was soon the centre of observation
+and rumour. Malietoa wrote and complained of his presence to Becker, who
+had succeeded Dr. Stuebel in the consulate. Becker replied, "I have
+nothing to do with the gentleman Brandeis. Be it well known that the
+gentleman Brandeis has no appointment in a military character, but
+resides peaceably assisting the government of Leulumoenga in their work,
+for Brandeis is a quiet, sensible gentleman." And then he promised to
+send the vice-consul to "get information of the captain's doings": surely
+supererogation of deceit.
+
+_The Hawaiian Embassy_. The prime minister of the Hawaiian kingdom was,
+at this period, an adventurer of the name of Gibson. He claimed, on the
+strength of a romantic story, to be the heir of a great English house. He
+had played a part in a revolt in Java, had languished in Dutch fetters,
+and had risen to be a trusted agent of Brigham Young, the Utah president.
+It was in this character of a Mormon emissary that he first came to the
+islands of Hawaii, where he collected a large sum of money for the Church
+of the Latter Day Saints. At a given moment, he dropped his saintship
+and appeared as a Christian and the owner of a part of the island of
+Lanai. The steps of the transformation are obscure; they seem, at least,
+to have been ill-received at Salt Lake; and there is evidence to the
+effect that he was followed to the islands by Mormon assassins. His
+first attempt on politics was made under the auspices of what is called
+the missionary party, and the canvass conducted largely (it is said with
+tears) on the platform at prayer-meetings. It resulted in defeat.
+Without any decency of delay he changed his colours, abjured the errors
+of reform, and, with the support of the Catholics, rose to the chief
+power. In a very brief interval he had thus run through the gamut of
+religions in the South Seas. It does not appear that he was any more
+particular in politics, but he was careful to consult the character and
+prejudices of the late king, Kalakaua. That amiable, far from
+unaccomplished, but too convivial sovereign, had a continued use for
+money: Gibson was observant to keep him well supplied. Kalakaua (one of
+the most theoretical of men) was filled with visionary schemes for the
+protection and development of the Polynesian race: Gibson fell in step
+with him; it is even thought he may have shared in his illusions. The
+king and minister at least conceived between them a scheme of island
+confederation--the most obvious fault of which was that it came too
+late--and armed and fitted out the cruiser _Kaimiloa_, nest-egg of the
+future navy of Hawaii. Samoa, the most important group still
+independent, and one immediately threatened with aggression, was chosen
+for the scene of action. The Hon. John E. Bush, a half-caste Hawaiian,
+sailed (December 1887) for Apia as minister-plenipotentiary, accompanied
+by a secretary of legation, Henry F. Poor; and as soon as she was ready
+for sea, the war-ship followed in support. The expedition was futile in
+its course, almost tragic in result. The _Kaimiloa_ was from the first a
+scene of disaster and dilapidation: the stores were sold; the crew
+revolted; for a great part of a night she was in the hands of mutineers,
+and the secretary lay bound upon the deck. The mission, installing
+itself at first with extravagance in Matautu, was helped at last out of
+the island by the advances of a private citizen. And they returned from
+dreams of Polynesian independence to find their own city in the hands of
+a clique of white shopkeepers, and the great Gibson once again in gaol.
+Yet the farce had not been quite without effect. It had encouraged the
+natives for the moment, and it seems to have ruffled permanently the
+temper of the Germans. So might a fly irritate Caesar.
+
+The arrival of a mission from Hawaii would scarce affect the composure of
+the courts of Europe. But in the eyes of Polynesians the little kingdom
+occupies a place apart. It is there alone that men of their race enjoy
+most of the advantages and all the pomp of independence; news of Hawaii
+and descriptions of Honolulu are grateful topics in all parts of the
+South Seas; and there is no better introduction than a photograph in
+which the bearer shall be represented in company with Kalakaua. Laupepa
+was, besides, sunk to the point at which an unfortunate begins to clutch
+at straws, and he received the mission with delight. Letters were
+exchanged between him and Kalakaua; a deed of confederation was signed,
+17th February 1887, and the signature celebrated in the new house of the
+Hawaiian embassy with some original ceremonies. Malietoa Laupepa came,
+attended by his ministry, several hundred chiefs, two guards, and six
+policemen. Always decent, he withdrew at an early hour; by those that
+remained, all decency appears to have been forgotten; high chiefs were
+seen to dance; and day found the house carpeted with slumbering grandees,
+who must be roused, doctored with coffee, and sent home. As a first
+chapter in the history of Polynesian Confederation, it was hardly
+cheering, and Laupepa remarked to one of the embassy, with equal dignity
+and sense: "If you have come here to teach my people to drink, I wish you
+had stayed away."
+
+The Germans looked on from the first with natural irritation that a power
+of the powerlessness of Hawaii should thus profit by its undeniable
+footing in the family of nations, and send embassies, and make believe to
+have a navy, and bark and snap at the heels of the great German Empire.
+But Becker could not prevent the hunted Laupepa from taking refuge in any
+hole that offered, and he could afford to smile at the fantastic orgie in
+the embassy. It was another matter when the Hawaiians approached the
+intractable Mataafa, sitting still in his Atua government like Achilles
+in his tent, helping neither side, and (as the Germans suspected) keeping
+the eggs warm for himself. When the _Kaimiloa_ steamed out of Apia on
+this visit, the German war-ship _Adler_ followed at her heels; and
+Mataafa was no sooner set down with the embassy than he was summoned and
+ordered on board by two German officers. The step is one of those
+triumphs of temper which can only be admired. Mataafa is entertaining
+the plenipotentiary of a sovereign power in treaty with his own king, and
+the captain of a German corvette orders him to quit his guests.
+
+But there was worse to come. I gather that Tamasese was at the time in
+the sulks. He had doubtless been promised prompt aid and a prompt
+success; he had seen himself surreptitiously helped, privately ordered
+about, and publicly disowned; and he was still the king of nothing more
+than his own province, and already the second in command of Captain
+Brandeis. With the adhesion of some part of his native cabinet, and
+behind the back of his white minister, he found means to communicate with
+the Hawaiians. A passage on the _Kaimiloa_, a pension, and a home in
+Honolulu were the bribes proposed; and he seems to have been tempted. A
+day was set for a secret interview. Poor, the Hawaiian secretary, and J.
+D. Strong, an American painter attached to the embassy in the surprising
+quality of "Government Artist," landed with a Samoan boat's-crew in Aana;
+and while the secretary hid himself, according to agreement, in the
+outlying home of an English settler, the artist (ostensibly bent on
+photography) entered the headquarters of the rebel king. It was a great
+day in Leulumoenga; three hundred recruits had come in, a feast was
+cooking; and the photographer, in view of the native love of being
+photographed, was made entirely welcome. But beneath the friendly
+surface all were on the alert. The secret had leaked out: Weber beheld
+his plans threatened in the root; Brandeis trembled for the possession of
+his slave and sovereign; and the German vice-consul, Mr. Sonnenschein,
+had been sent or summoned to the scene of danger.
+
+It was after dark, prayers had been said and the hymns sung through all
+the village, and Strong and the German sat together on the mats in the
+house of Tamasese, when the events began. Strong speaks German freely, a
+fact which he had not disclosed, and he was scarce more amused than
+embarrassed to be able to follow all the evening the dissension and the
+changing counsels of his neighbours. First the king himself was missing,
+and there was a false alarm that he had escaped and was already closeted
+with Poor. Next came certain intelligence that some of the ministry had
+run the blockade, and were on their way to the house of the English
+settler. Thereupon, in spite of some protests from Tamasese, who tried
+to defend the independence of his cabinet, Brandeis gathered a posse of
+warriors, marched out of the village, brought back the fugitives, and
+clapped them in the corrugated iron shanty which served as gaol. Along
+with these he seems to have seized Billy Coe, interpreter to the
+Hawaiians; and Poor, seeing his conspiracy public, burst with his boat's-
+crew into the town, made his way to the house of the native prime
+minister, and demanded Coe's release. Brandeis hastened to the spot,
+with Strong at his heels; and the two principals being both incensed, and
+Strong seriously alarmed for his friend's safety, there began among them
+a scene of great intemperance. At one point, when Strong suddenly
+disclosed his acquaintance with German, it attained a high style of
+comedy; at another, when a pistol was most foolishly drawn, it bordered
+on drama; and it may be said to have ended in a mixed genus, when Poor
+was finally packed into the corrugated iron gaol along with the forfeited
+ministers. Meanwhile the captain of his boat, Siteoni, of whom I shall
+have to tell again, had cleverly withdrawn the boat's-crew at an early
+stage of the quarrel. Among the population beyond Tamasese's marches, he
+collected a body of armed men, returned before dawn to Leulumoenga,
+demolished the corrugated iron gaol, and liberated the Hawaiian secretary
+and the rump of the rebel cabinet. No opposition was shown; and
+doubtless the rescue was connived at by Brandeis, who had gained his
+point. Poor had the face to complain the next day to Becker; but to
+compete with Becker in effrontery was labour lost. "You have been
+repeatedly warned, Mr. Poor, not to expose yourself among these savages,"
+said he.
+
+Not long after, the presence of the _Kaimiloa_ was made _a casus belli_
+by the Germans; and the rough-and-tumble embassy withdrew, on borrowed
+money, to find their own government in hot water to the neck.
+
+* * * * *
+
+_The Emperor's Birthday_. It is possible, and it is alleged, that the
+Germans entered into the conference with hope. But it is certain they
+were resolved to remain prepared for either fate. And I take the liberty
+of believing that Laupepa was not forgiven his duplicity; that, during
+this interval, he stood marked like a tree for felling; and that his
+conduct was daily scrutinised for further pretexts of offence. On the
+evening of the Emperor's birthday, March 22nd, 1887, certain Germans were
+congregated in a public bar. The season and the place considered, it is
+scarce cynical to assume they had been drinking; nor, so much being
+granted, can it be thought exorbitant to suppose them possibly in fault
+for the squabble that took place. A squabble, I say; but I am willing to
+call it a riot. And this was the new fault of Laupepa; this it is that
+was described by a German commodore as "the trampling upon by Malietoa of
+the German Emperor." I pass the rhetoric by to examine the point of
+liability. Four natives were brought to trial for this horrid fact: not
+before a native judge, but before the German magistrate of the tripartite
+municipality of Apia. One was acquitted, one condemned for theft, and
+two for assault. On appeal, not to Malietoa, but to the three consuls,
+the case was by a majority of two to one returned to the magistrate and
+(as far as I can learn) was then allowed to drop. Consul Becker himself
+laid the chief blame on one of the policemen of the municipality, a half-
+white of the name of Scanlon. Him he sought to have discharged, but was
+again baffled by his brother consuls. Where, in all this, are we to find
+a corner of responsibility for the king of Samoa? Scanlon, the alleged
+author of the outrage, was a half-white; as Becker was to learn to his
+cost, he claimed to be an American subject; and he was not even in the
+king's employment. Apia, the scene of the outrage, was outside the
+king's jurisdiction by treaty; by the choice of Germany, he was not so
+much as allowed to fly his flag there. And the denial of justice (if
+justice were denied) rested with the consuls of Britain and the States.
+
+But when a dog is to be beaten, any stick will serve. In the meanwhile,
+on the proposition of Mr. Bayard, the Washington conference on Samoan
+affairs was adjourned till autumn, so that "the ministers of Germany and
+Great Britain might submit the protocols to their respective
+Governments." "You propose that the conference is to adjourn and not to
+be broken up?" asked Sir Lionel West. "To adjourn for the reasons
+stated," replied Bayard. This was on July 26th; and, twenty-nine days
+later, by Wednesday the 24th of August, Germany had practically seized
+Samoa. For this flagrant breach of faith one excuse is openly alleged;
+another whispered. It is openly alleged that Bayard had shown himself
+impracticable; it is whispered that the Hawaiian embassy was an
+expression of American intrigue, and that the Germans only did as they
+were done by. The sufficiency of these excuses may be left to the
+discretion of the reader. But, however excused, the breach of faith was
+public and express; it must have been deliberately predetermined and it
+was resented in the States as a deliberate insult.
+
+By the middle of August 1887 there were five sail of German war-ships in
+Apia bay: the _Bismarck_, of 3000 tons displacement; the _Carola_, the
+_Sophie_, and the _Olga_, all considerable ships; and the beautiful
+_Adler_, which lies there to this day, kanted on her beam, dismantled,
+scarlet with rust, the day showing through her ribs. They waited
+inactive, as a burglar waits till the patrol goes by. And on the 23rd,
+when the mail had left for Sydney, when the eyes of the world were
+withdrawn, and Samoa plunged again for a period of weeks into her
+original island-obscurity, Becker opened his guns. The policy was too
+cunning to seem dignified; it gave to conduct which would otherwise have
+seemed bold and even brutally straightforward, the appearance of a timid
+ambuscade; and helped to shake men's reliance on the word of Germany. On
+the day named, an ultimatum reached Malietoa at Afenga, whither he had
+retired months before to avoid friction. A fine of one thousand dollars
+and an _ifo_, or public humiliation, were demanded for the affair of the
+Emperor's birthday. Twelve thousand dollars were to be "paid quickly"
+for thefts from German plantations in the course of the last four years.
+"It is my opinion that there is nothing just or correct in Samoa while
+you are at the head of the government," concluded Becker. "I shall be at
+Afenga in the morning of to-morrow, Wednesday, at 11 A.M." The blow fell
+on Laupepa (in his own expression) "out of the bush"; the dilatory fellow
+had seen things hang over so long, he had perhaps begun to suppose they
+might hang over for ever; and here was ruin at the door. He rode at once
+to Apia, and summoned his chiefs. The council lasted all night long.
+Many voices were for defiance. But Laupepa had grown inured to a policy
+of procrastination; and the answer ultimately drawn only begged for delay
+till Saturday, the 27th. So soon as it was signed, the king took horse
+and fled in the early morning to Afenga; the council hastily dispersed;
+and only three chiefs, Selu, Seumanu, and Le Mamea, remained by the
+government building, tremulously expectant of the result.
+
+By seven the letter was received. By 7.30 Becker arrived in person,
+inquired for Laupepa, was evasively answered, and declared war on the
+spot. Before eight, the Germans (seven hundred men and six guns) came
+ashore and seized and hoisted German colours on the government building.
+The three chiefs had made good haste to escape; but a considerable booty
+was made of government papers, fire-arms, and some seventeen thousand
+cartridges. Then followed a scene which long rankled in the minds of the
+white inhabitants, when the German marines raided the town in search of
+Malietoa, burst into private houses, and were accused (I am willing to
+believe on slender grounds) of violence to private persons.
+
+On the morrow, the 25th, one of the German war-ships, which had been
+despatched to Leulumoenga over night re-entered the bay, flying the
+Tamasese colours at the fore. The new king was given a royal salute of
+twenty-one guns, marched through the town by the commodore and a German
+guard of honour, and established on Mulinuu with two or three hundred
+warriors. Becker announced his recognition to the other consuls. These
+replied by proclaiming Malietoa, and in the usual mealy-mouthed manner
+advised Samoans to do nothing. On the 27th martial law was declared; and
+on the 1st September the German squadron dispersed about the group,
+bearing along with them the proclamations of the new king. Tamasese was
+now a great man, to have five iron war-ships for his post-runners. But
+the moment was critical. The revolution had to be explained, the chiefs
+persuaded to assemble at a fono summoned for the 15th; and the ships
+carried not only a store of printed documents, but a squad of Tamasese
+orators upon their round.
+
+Such was the German _coup d'etat_. They had declared war with a squadron
+of five ships upon a single man; that man, late king of the group, was in
+hiding on the mountains; and their own nominee, backed by German guns and
+bayonets, sat in his stead in Mulinuu.
+
+One of the first acts of Malietoa, on fleeing to the bush, was to send
+for Mataafa twice: "I am alone in the bush; if you do not come quickly
+you will find me bound." It is to be understood the men were near
+kinsmen, and had (if they had nothing else) a common jealousy. At the
+urgent cry, Mataafa set forth from Falefa, and came to Mulinuu to
+Tamasese. "What is this that you and the German commodore have decided
+on doing?" he inquired. "I am going to obey the German consul," replied
+Tamasese, "whose wish it is that I should be the king and that all Samoa
+should assemble here." "Do not pursue in wrath against Malietoa," said
+Mataafa "but try to bring about a compromise, and form a united
+government." "Very well," said Tamasese, "leave it to me, and I will
+try." From Mulinuu, Mataafa went on board the _Bismarck_, and was
+graciously received. "Probably," said the commodore, "we shall bring
+about a reconciliation of all Samoa through you"; and then asked his
+visitor if he bore any affection to Malietoa. "Yes," said Mataafa. "And
+to Tamasese?" "To him also; and if you desire the weal of Samoa, you
+will allow either him or me to bring about a reconciliation." "If it
+were my will," said the commodore, "I would do as you say. But I have no
+will in the matter. I have instructions from the Kaiser, and I cannot go
+back again from what I have been sent to do." "I thought you would be
+commanded," said Mataafa, "if you brought about the weal of Samoa." "I
+will tell you," said the commodore. "All shall go quietly. But there is
+one thing that must be done: Malietoa must be deposed. I will do nothing
+to him beyond; he will only be kept on board for a couple of months and
+be well treated, just as we Germans did to the French chief [Napoleon
+III.] some time ago, whom we kept a while and cared for well." Becker
+was no less explicit: war, he told Sewall, should not cease till the
+Germans had custody of Malietoa and Tamasese should be recognised.
+
+Meantime, in the Malietoa provinces, a profound impression was received.
+People trooped to their fugitive sovereign in the bush. Many natives in
+Apia brought their treasures, and stored them in the houses of white
+friends. The Tamasese orators were sometimes ill received. Over in
+Savaii, they found the village of Satupaitea deserted, save for a few
+lads at cricket. These they harangued, and were rewarded with ironical
+applause; and the proclamation, as soon as they had departed, was torn
+down. For this offence the village was ultimately burned by German
+sailors, in a very decent and orderly style, on the 3rd September. This
+was the dinner-bell of the fono on the 15th. The threat conveyed in the
+terms of the summons--"If any government district does not quickly obey
+this direction, I will make war on that government district"--was thus
+commented on and reinforced. And the meeting was in consequence well
+attended by chiefs of all parties. They found themselves unarmed among
+the armed warriors of Tamasese and the marines of the German squadron,
+and under the guns of five strong ships. Brandeis rose; it was his first
+open appearance, the German firm signing its revolutionary work. His
+words were few and uncompromising: "Great are my thanks that the chiefs
+and heads of families of the whole of Samoa are assembled here this day.
+It is strictly forbidden that any discussion should take place as to
+whether it is good or not that Tamasese is king of Samoa, whether at this
+fono or at any future fono. I place for your signature the following:
+'_We inform all the people of Samoa of what follows: (1) The government
+of Samoa has been assumed by King Tuiaana Tamasese. (2) By order of the
+king, it was directed that a fono should take place to-day, composed of
+the chiefs and heads of families, and we have obeyed the summons. We
+have signed our names under this, 15th September_ 1887." Needs must
+under all these guns; and the paper was signed, but not without open
+sullenness. The bearing of Mataafa in particular was long remembered
+against him by the Germans. "Do you not see the king?" said the
+commodore reprovingly. "His father was no king," was the bold answer. A
+bolder still has been printed, but this is Mataafa's own recollection of
+the passage. On the next day, the chiefs were all ordered back to shake
+hands with Tamasese. Again they obeyed; but again their attitude was
+menacing, and some, it is said, audibly murmured as they gave their
+hands.
+
+It is time to follow the poor Sheet of Paper (literal meaning of
+_Laupepa_), who was now to be blown so broadly over the face of earth. As
+soon as news reached him of the declaration of war, he fled from Afenga
+to Tanungamanono, a hamlet in the bush, about a mile and a half behind
+Apia, where he lurked some days. On the 24th, Selu, his secretary,
+despatched to the American consul an anxious appeal, his majesty's "cry
+and prayer" in behalf of "this weak people." By August 30th, the Germans
+had word of his lurking-place, surrounded the hamlet under cloud of
+night, and in the early morning burst with a force of sailors on the
+houses. The people fled on all sides, and were fired upon. One boy was
+shot in the hand, the first blood of the war. But the king was nowhere
+to be found; he had wandered farther, over the woody mountains, the
+backbone of the land, towards Siumu and Safata. Here, in a safe place,
+he built himself a town in the forest, where he received a continual
+stream of visitors and messengers. Day after day the German blue-jackets
+were employed in the hopeless enterprise of beating the forests for the
+fugitive; day after day they were suffered to pass unhurt under the guns
+of ambushed Samoans; day after day they returned, exhausted and
+disappointed, to Apia. Seumanu Tafa, high chief of Apia, was known to be
+in the forest with the king; his wife, Fatuila, was seized, imprisoned in
+the German hospital, and when it was thought her spirit was sufficiently
+reduced, brought up for cross-examination. The wise lady confined
+herself in answer to a single word. "Is your husband near Apia?" "Yes."
+"Is he far from Apia?" "Yes." "Is he with the king?" "Yes." "Are he
+and the king in different places?" "Yes." Whereupon the witness was
+discharged. About the 10th of September, Laupepa was secretly in Apia at
+the American consulate with two companions. The German pickets were
+close set and visited by a strong patrol; and on his return, his party
+was observed and hailed and fired on by a sentry. They ran away on all
+fours in the dark, and so doing plumped upon another sentry, whom Laupepa
+grappled and flung in a ditch; for the Sheet of Paper, although infirm of
+character, is, like most Samoans, of an able body. The second sentry
+(like the first) fired after his assailants at random in the dark; and
+the two shots awoke the curiosity of Apia. On the afternoon of the 16th,
+the day of the hand-shakings, Suatele, a high chief, despatched two boys
+across the island with a letter. They were most of the night upon the
+road; it was near three in the morning before the sentries in the camp of
+Malietoa beheld their lantern drawing near out of the wood; but the king
+was at once awakened. The news was decisive and the letter peremptory;
+if Malietoa did not give himself up before ten on the morrow, he was told
+that great sorrows must befall his country. I have not been able to draw
+Laupepa as a hero; but he is a man of certain virtues, which the Germans
+had now given him an occasion to display. Without hesitation he
+sacrificed himself, penned his touching farewell to Samoa, and making
+more expedition than the messengers, passed early behind Apia to the
+banks of the Vaisingano. As he passed, he detached a messenger to
+Mataafa at the Catholic mission. Mataafa followed by the same road, and
+the pair met at the river-side and went and sat together in a house. All
+present were in tears. "Do not let us weep," said the talking man,
+Lauati. "We have no cause for shame. We do not yield to Tamasese, but
+to the invincible strangers." The departing king bequeathed the care of
+his country to Mataafa; and when the latter sought to console him with
+the commodore's promises, he shook his head, and declared his assurance
+that he was going to a life of exile, and perhaps to death. About two
+o'clock the meeting broke up; Mataafa returned to the Catholic mission by
+the back of the town; and Malietoa proceeded by the beach road to the
+German naval hospital, where he was received (as he owns, with perfect
+civility) by Brandeis. About three, Becker brought him forth again. As
+they went to the wharf, the people wept and clung to their departing
+monarch. A boat carried him on board the _Bismarck_, and he vanished
+from his countrymen. Yet it was long rumoured that he still lay in the
+harbour; and so late as October 7th, a boy, who had been paddling round
+the _Carola_, professed to have seen and spoken with him. Here again the
+needless mystery affected by the Germans bitterly disserved them. The
+uncertainty which thus hung over Laupepa's fate, kept his name
+continually in men's mouths. The words of his farewell rang in their
+ears: "To all Samoa: On account of my great love to my country and my
+great affection to all Samoa, this is the reason that I deliver up my
+body to the German government. That government may do as they wish to
+me. The reason of this is, because I do not desire that the blood of
+Samoa shall be spilt for me again. But I do not know what is my offence
+which has caused their anger to me and to my country." And then,
+apostrophising the different provinces: "Tuamasanga, farewell! Manono
+and family, farewell! So, also, Salafai, Tutuila, Aana, and Atua,
+farewell! If we do not again see one another in this world, pray that we
+may be again together above." So the sheep departed with the halo of a
+saint, and men thought of him as of some King Arthur snatched into
+Avilion.
+
+On board the _Bismarck_, the commodore shook hands with him, told him he
+was to be "taken away from all the chiefs with whom he had been
+accustomed," and had him taken to the wardroom under guard. The next day
+he was sent to sea in the _Adler_. There went with him his brother Moli,
+one Meisake, and one Alualu, half-caste German, to interpret. He was
+respectfully used; he dined in the stern with the officers, but the boys
+dined "near where the fire was." They come to a "newly-formed place" in
+Australia, where the _Albatross_ was lying, and a British ship, which he
+knew to be a man-of-war "because the officers were nicely dressed and
+wore epaulettes." Here he was transhipped, "in a boat with a screen,"
+which he supposed was to conceal him from the British ship; and on board
+the _Albatross_ was sent below and told he must stay there till they had
+sailed. Later, however, he was allowed to come on deck, where he found
+they had rigged a screen (perhaps an awning) under which he walked,
+looking at "the newly-formed settlement," and admiring a big house "where
+he was sure the governor lived." From Australia, they sailed some time,
+and reached an anchorage where a consul-general came on board, and where
+Laupepa was only allowed on deck at night. He could then see the lights
+of a town with wharves; he supposes Cape Town. Off the Cameroons they
+anchored or lay-to, far at sea, and sent a boat ashore to see (he
+supposes) that there was no British man-of-war. It was the next morning
+before the boat returned, when the _Albatross_ stood in and came to
+anchor near another German ship. Here Alualu came to him on deck and
+told him this was the place. "That is an astonishing thing," said he. "I
+thought I was to go to Germany, I do not know what this means; I do not
+know what will be the end of it; my heart is troubled." Whereupon Alualu
+burst into tears. A little after, Laupepa was called below to the
+captain and the governor. The last addressed him: "This is my own place,
+a good place, a warm place. My house is not yet finished, but when it
+is, you shall live in one of my rooms until I can make a house for you."
+Then he was taken ashore and brought to a tall, iron house. "This house
+is regulated," said the governor; "there is no fire allowed to burn in
+it." In one part of this house, weapons of the government were hung up;
+there was a passage, and on the other side of the passage, fifty
+criminals were chained together, two and two, by the ankles. The windows
+were out of reach; and there was only one door, which was opened at six
+in the morning and shut again at six at night. All day he had his
+liberty, went to the Baptist Mission, and walked about viewing the
+negroes, who were "like the sand on the seashore" for number. At six
+they were called into the house and shut in for the night without beds or
+lights. "Although they gave me no light," said he, with a smile, "I
+could see I was in a prison." Good food was given him: biscuits, "tea
+made with warm water," beef, etc.; all excellent. Once, in their walks,
+they spied a breadfruit tree bearing in the garden of an English
+merchant, ran back to the prison to get a shilling, and came and offered
+to purchase. "I am not going to sell breadfruit to you people," said the
+merchant; "come and take what you like." Here Malietoa interrupted
+himself to say it was the only tree bearing in the Cameroons. "The
+governor had none, or he would have given it to me." On the passage from
+the Cameroons to Germany, he had great delight to see the cliffs of
+England. He saw "the rocks shining in the sun, and three hours later was
+surprised to find them sunk in the heavens." He saw also wharves and
+immense buildings; perhaps Dover and its castle. In Hamburg, after
+breakfast, Mr. Weber, who had now finally "ceased from troubling" Samoa,
+came on board, and carried him ashore "suitably" in a steam launch to "a
+large house of the government," where he stayed till noon. At noon Weber
+told him he was going to "the place where ships are anchored that go to
+Samoa," and led him to "a very magnificent house, with carriages inside
+and a wonderful roof of glass"; to wit, the railway station. They were
+benighted on the train, and then went in "something with a house, drawn
+by horses, which had windows and many decks"; plainly an omnibus. Here
+(at Bremen or Bremerhaven, I believe) they stayed some while in "a house
+of five hundred rooms"; then were got on board the _Nurnberg_ (as they
+understood) for Samoa, anchored in England on a Sunday, were joined _en
+route_ by the famous Dr. Knappe, passed through "a narrow passage where
+they went very slow and which was just like a river," and beheld with
+exhilarated curiosity that Red Sea of which they had learned so much in
+their Bibles. At last, "at the hour when the fires burn red," they came
+to a place where was a German man-of-war. Laupepa was called, with one
+of the boys, on deck, when he found a German officer awaiting him, and a
+steam launch alongside, and was told he must now leave his brother and go
+elsewhere. "I cannot go like this," he cried. "You must let me see my
+brother and the other old men"--a term of courtesy. Knappe, who seems
+always to have been good-natured, revised his orders, and consented not
+only to an interview, but to allow Moli to continue to accompany the
+king. So these two were carried to the man-of-war, and sailed many a
+day, still supposing themselves bound for Samoa; and lo! she came to a
+country the like of which they had never dreamed of, and cast anchor in
+the great lagoon of Jaluit; and upon that narrow land the exiles were set
+on shore. This was the part of his captivity on which he looked back
+with the most bitterness. It was the last, for one thing, and he was
+worn down with the long suspense, and terror, and deception. He could
+not bear the brackish water; and though "the Germans were still good to
+him, and gave him beef and biscuit and tea," he suffered from the lack of
+vegetable food.
+
+Such is the narrative of this simple exile. I have not sought to correct
+it by extraneous testimony. It is not so much the facts that are
+historical, as the man's attitude. No one could hear this tale as he
+originally told it in my hearing--I think none can read it as here
+condensed and unadorned--without admiring the fairness and simplicity of
+the Samoan; and wondering at the want of heart--or want of humour--in so
+many successive civilised Germans, that they should have continued to
+surround this infant with the secrecy of state.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV--BRANDEIS
+
+
+_September '87 to August '88_
+
+So Tamasese was on the throne, and Brandeis behind it; and I have now to
+deal with their brief and luckless reign. That it was the reign of
+Brandeis needs not to be argued: the policy is throughout that of an
+able, over-hasty white, with eyes and ideas. But it should be borne in
+mind that he had a double task, and must first lead his sovereign, before
+he could begin to drive their common subjects. Meanwhile, he himself was
+exposed (if all tales be true) to much dictation and interference, and to
+some "cumbrous aid," from the consulate and the firm. And to one of
+these aids, the suppression of the municipality, I am inclined to
+attribute his ultimate failure.
+
+The white enemies of the new regimen were of two classes. In the first
+stood Moors and the employes of MacArthur, the two chief rivals of the
+firm, who saw with jealousy a clerk (or a so-called clerk) of their
+competitors advanced to the chief power. The second class, that of the
+officials, numbered at first exactly one. Wilson, the English acting
+consul, is understood to have held strict orders to help Germany.
+Commander Leary, of the _Adams_, the American captain, when he arrived,
+on the 16th October, and for some time after, seemed devoted to the
+German interest, and spent his days with a German officer, Captain Von
+Widersheim, who was deservedly beloved by all who knew him. There
+remains the American consul-general, Harold Marsh Sewall, a young man of
+high spirit and a generous disposition. He had obeyed the orders of his
+government with a grudge; and looked back on his past action with regret
+almost to be called repentance. From the moment of the declaration of
+war against Laupepa, we find him standing forth in bold, consistent, and
+sometimes rather captious opposition, stirring up his government at home
+with clear and forcible despatches, and on the spot grasping at every
+opportunity to thrust a stick into the German wheels. For some while, he
+and Moors fought their difficult battle in conjunction; in the course of
+which, first one, and then the other, paid a visit home to reason with
+the authorities at Washington; and during the consul's absence, there was
+found an American clerk in Apia, William Blacklock, to perform the duties
+of the office with remarkable ability and courage. The three names just
+brought together, Sewall, Moors, and Blacklock, make the head and front
+of the opposition; if Tamasese fell, if Brandeis was driven forth, if the
+treaty of Berlin was signed, theirs is the blame or the credit.
+
+To understand the feelings of self-reproach and bitterness with which
+Sewall took the field, the reader must see Laupepa's letter of farewell
+to the consuls of England and America. It is singular that this far from
+brilliant or dignified monarch, writing in the forest, in heaviness of
+spirit and under pressure for time, should have left behind him not only
+one, but two remarkable and most effective documents. The farewell to
+his people was touching; the farewell to the consuls, for a man of the
+character of Sewall, must have cut like a whip. "When the chief Tamasese
+and others first moved the present troubles," he wrote, "it was my wish
+to punish them and put an end to the rebellion; but I yielded to the
+advice of the British and American consuls. Assistance and protection
+was repeatedly promised to me and my government, if I abstained from
+bringing war upon my country. Relying upon these promises, I did not put
+down the rebellion. Now I find that war has been made upon me by the
+Emperor of Germany, and Tamasese has been proclaimed king of Samoa. I
+desire to remind you of the promises so frequently made by your
+government, and trust that you will so far redeem them as to cause the
+lives and liberties of my chiefs and people to be respected."
+
+Sewall's immediate adversary was, of course, Becker. I have formed an
+opinion of this gentleman, largely from his printed despatches, which I
+am at a loss to put in words. Astute, ingenious, capable, at moments
+almost witty with a kind of glacial wit in action, he displayed in the
+course of this affair every description of capacity but that which is
+alone useful and which springs from a knowledge of men's natures. It
+chanced that one of Sewall's early moves played into his hands, and he
+was swift to seize and to improve the advantage. The neutral territory
+and the tripartite municipality of Apia were eyesores to the German
+consulate and Brandeis. By landing Tamasese's two or three hundred
+warriors at Mulinuu, as Becker himself owns, they had infringed the
+treaties, and Sewall entered protest twice. There were two ways of
+escaping this dilemma: one was to withdraw the warriors; the other, by
+some hocus-pocus, to abrogate the neutrality. And the second had
+subsidiary advantages: it would restore the taxes of the richest district
+in the islands to the Samoan king; and it would enable them to substitute
+over the royal seat the flag of Germany for the new flag of Tamasese. It
+is true (and it was the subject of much remark) that these two could
+hardly be distinguished by the naked eye; but their effects were
+different. To seat the puppet king on German land and under German
+colours, so that any rebellion was constructive war on Germany, was a
+trick apparently invented by Becker, and which we shall find was repeated
+and persevered in till the end.
+
+Otto Martin was at this time magistrate in the municipality. The post
+was held in turn by the three nationalities; Martin had served far beyond
+his term, and should have been succeeded months before by an American. To
+make the change it was necessary to hold a meeting of the municipal
+board, consisting of the three consuls, each backed by an assessor. And
+for some time these meetings had been evaded or refused by the German
+consul. As long as it was agreed to continue Martin, Becker had attended
+regularly; as soon as Sewall indicated a wish for his removal, Becker
+tacitly suspended the municipality by refusing to appear. This policy
+was now the more necessary; for if the whole existence of the
+municipality were a check on the freedom of the new government, it was
+plainly less so when the power to enforce and punish lay in German hands.
+For some while back the Malietoa flag had been flown on the municipal
+building: Becker denies this; I am sorry; my information obliges me to
+suppose he is in error. Sewall, with post-mortem loyalty to the past,
+insisted that this flag should be continued. And Becker immediately made
+his point. He declared, justly enough, that the proposal was hostile,
+and argued that it was impossible he should attend a meeting under a flag
+with which his sovereign was at war. Upon one occasion of urgency, he
+was invited to meet the two other consuls at the British consulate; even
+this he refused; and for four months the municipality slumbered, Martin
+still in office. In the month of October, in consequence, the British
+and American ratepayers announced they would refuse to pay. Becker
+doubtless rubbed his hands. On Saturday, the 10th, the chief Tamaseu, a
+Malietoa man of substance and good character, was arrested on a charge of
+theft believed to be vexatious, and cast by Martin into the municipal
+prison. He sent to Moors, who was his tenant and owed him money at the
+time, for bail. Moors applied to Sewall, ranking consul. After some
+search, Martin was found and refused to consider bail before the Monday
+morning. Whereupon Sewall demanded the keys from the gaoler, accepted
+Moors's verbal recognisances, and set Tamaseu free.
+
+Things were now at a deadlock; and Becker astonished every one by
+agreeing to a meeting on the 14th. It seems he knew what to expect.
+Writing on the 13th at least, he prophesies that the meeting will be held
+in vain, that the municipality must lapse, and the government of Tamasese
+step in. On the 14th, Sewall left his consulate in time, and walked some
+part of the way to the place of meeting in company with Wilson, the
+English pro-consul. But he had forgotten a paper, and in an evil hour
+returned for it alone. Wilson arrived without him, and Becker broke up
+the meeting for want of a quorum. There was some unedifying disputation
+as to whether he had waited ten or twenty minutes, whether he had been
+officially or unofficially informed by Wilson that Sewall was on the way,
+whether the statement had been made to himself or to Weber {1} in answer
+to a question, and whether he had heard Wilson's answer or only Weber's
+question: all otiose; if he heard the question, he was bound to have
+waited for the answer; if he heard it not, he should have put it himself;
+and it was the manifest truth that he rejoiced in his occasion. "Sir,"
+he wrote to Sewall, "I have the honour to inform you that, to my regret,
+I am obliged to consider the municipal government to be provisionally in
+abeyance since you have withdrawn your consent to the continuation of Mr.
+Martin in his position as magistrate, and since you have refused to take
+part in the meeting of the municipal board agreed to for the purpose of
+electing a magistrate. The government of the town and district of the
+municipality rests, as long as the municipality is in abeyance, with the
+Samoan government. The Samoan government has taken over the
+administration, and has applied to the commander of the imperial German
+squadron for assistance in the preservation of good order." This letter
+was not delivered until 4 P.M. By three, sailors had been landed.
+Already German colours flew over Tamasese's headquarters at Mulinuu, and
+German guards had occupied the hospital, the German consulate, and the
+municipal gaol and court-house, where they stood to arms under the flag
+of Tamasese. The same day Sewall wrote to protest. Receiving no reply,
+he issued on the morrow a proclamation bidding all Americans look to
+himself alone. On the 26th, he wrote again to Becker, and on the 27th
+received this genial reply: "Sir, your high favour of the 26th of this
+month, I give myself the honour of acknowledging. At the same time I
+acknowledge the receipt of your high favour of the 14th October in reply
+to my communication of the same date, which contained the information of
+the suspension of the arrangements for the municipal government." There
+the correspondence ceased. And on the 18th January came the last step of
+this irritating intrigue when Tamasese appointed a judge--and the judge
+proved to be Martin.
+
+Thus was the adventure of the Castle Municipal achieved by Sir Becker the
+chivalrous. The taxes of Apia, the gaol, the police, all passed into the
+hands of Tamasese-Brandeis; a German was secured upon the bench; and the
+German flag might wave over her puppet unquestioned. But there is a law
+of human nature which diplomatists should be taught at school, and it
+seems they are not; that men can tolerate bare injustice, but not the
+combination of injustice and subterfuge. Hence the chequered career of
+the thimble-rigger. Had the municipality been seized by open force,
+there might have been complaint, it would not have aroused the same
+lasting grudge.
+
+This grudge was an ill gift to bring to Brandeis, who had trouble enough
+in front of him without. He was an alien, he was supported by the guns
+of alien war-ships, and he had come to do an alien's work, highly needful
+for Samoa, but essentially unpopular with all Samoans. The law to be
+enforced, causes of dispute between white and brown to be eliminated,
+taxes to be raised, a central power created, the country opened up, the
+native race taught industry: all these were detestable to the natives,
+and to all of these he must set his hand. The more I learn of his brief
+term of rule, the more I learn to admire him, and to wish we had his
+like.
+
+In the face of bitter native opposition, he got some roads accomplished.
+He set up beacons. The taxes he enforced with necessary vigour. By the
+6th of January, Aua and Fangatonga, districts in Tutuila, having made a
+difficulty, Brandeis is down at the island in a schooner, with the
+_Adler_ at his heels, seizes the chief Maunga, fines the recalcitrant
+districts in three hundred dollars for expenses, and orders all to be in
+by April 20th, which if it is not, "not one thing will be done," he
+proclaimed, "but war declared against you, and the principal chiefs taken
+to a distant island." He forbade mortgages of copra, a frequent source
+of trickery and quarrel; and to clear off those already contracted,
+passed a severe but salutary law. Each individual or family was first to
+pay off its own obligation; that settled, the free man was to pay for the
+indebted village, the free village for the indebted province, and one
+island for another. Samoa, he declared, should be free of debt within a
+year. Had he given it three years, and gone more gently, I believe it
+might have been accomplished. To make it the more possible, he sought to
+interdict the natives from buying cotton stuffs and to oblige them to
+dress (at least for the time) in their own tapa. He laid the beginnings
+of a royal territorial army. The first draft was in his hands drilling.
+But it was not so much on drill that he depended; it was his hope to
+kindle in these men an _esprit de corps_, which should weaken the old
+local jealousies and bonds, and found a central or national party in the
+islands. Looking far before, and with a wisdom beyond that of many
+merchants, he had condemned the single dependence placed on copra for the
+national livelihood. His recruits, even as they drilled, were taught to
+plant cacao. Each, his term of active service finished, should return to
+his own land and plant and cultivate a stipulated area. Thus, as the
+young men continued to pass through the army, habits of discipline and
+industry, a central sentiment, the principles of the new culture, and
+actual gardens of cacao, should be concurrently spread over the face of
+the islands.
+
+Tamasese received, including his household expenses, 1960 dollars a year;
+Brandeis, 2400. All such disproportions are regrettable, but this is not
+extreme: we have seen horses of a different colour since then. And the
+Tamaseseites, with true Samoan ostentation, offered to increase the
+salary of their white premier: an offer he had the wisdom and good
+feeling to refuse. A European chief of police received twelve hundred.
+There were eight head judges, one to each province, and appeal lay from
+the district judge to the provincial, thence to Mulinuu. From all
+salaries (I gather) a small monthly guarantee was withheld. The army was
+to cost from three to four thousand, Apia (many whites refusing to pay
+taxes since the suppression of the municipality) might cost three
+thousand more: Sir Becker's high feat of arms coming expensive (it will
+be noticed) even in money. The whole outlay was estimated at
+twenty-seven thousand; and the revenue forty thousand: a sum Samoa is
+well able to pay.
+
+Such were the arrangements and some of the ideas of this strong, ardent,
+and sanguine man. Of criticisms upon his conduct, beyond the general
+consent that he was rather harsh and in too great a hurry, few are
+articulate. The native paper of complaints was particularly childish.
+Out of twenty-three counts, the first two refer to the private character
+of Brandeis and Tamasese. Three complain that Samoan officials were kept
+in the dark as to the finances; one, of the tapa law; one, of the direct
+appointment of chiefs by Tamasese-Brandeis, the sort of mistake into
+which Europeans in the South Seas fall so readily; one, of the enforced
+labour of chiefs; one, of the taxes; and one, of the roads. This I may
+give in full from the very lame translation in the American white book.
+"The roads that were made were called the Government Roads; they were six
+fathoms wide. Their making caused much damage to Samoa's lands and what
+was planted on it. The Samoans cried on account of their lands, which
+were taken high-handedly and abused. They again cried on account of the
+loss of what they had planted, which was now thrown away in a high-handed
+way, without any regard being shown or question asked of the owner of the
+land, or any compensation offered for the damage done. This was
+different with foreigners' land; in their case permission was first asked
+to make the roads; the foreigners were paid for any destruction made."
+The sting of this count was, I fancy, in the last clause. No less than
+six articles complain of the administration of the law; and I believe
+that was never satisfactory. Brandeis told me himself he was never yet
+satisfied with any native judge. And men say (and it seems to fit in
+well with his hasty and eager character) that he would legislate by word
+of mouth; sometimes forget what he had said; and, on the same question
+arising in another province, decide it perhaps otherwise. I gather, on
+the whole, our artillery captain was not great in law. Two articles
+refer to a matter I must deal with more at length, and rather from the
+point of view of the white residents.
+
+The common charge against Brandeis was that of favouring the German firm.
+Coming as he did, this was inevitable. Weber had bought Steinberger with
+hard cash; that was matter of history. The present government he did not
+even require to buy, having founded it by his intrigues, and introduced
+the premier to Samoa through the doors of his own office. And the effect
+of the initial blunder was kept alive by the chatter of the clerks in bar-
+rooms, boasting themselves of the new government and prophesying
+annihilation to all rivals. The time of raising a tax is the harvest of
+the merchants; it is the time when copra will be made, and must be sold;
+and the intention of the German firm, first in the time of Steinberger,
+and again in April and May, 1888, with Brandeis, was to seize and handle
+the whole operation. Their chief rivals were the Messrs. MacArthur; and
+it seems beyond question that provincial governors more than once issued
+orders forbidding Samoans to take money from "the New Zealand firm."
+These, when they were brought to his notice, Brandeis disowned, and he is
+entitled to be heard. No man can live long in Samoa and not have his
+honesty impugned. But the accusations against Brandeis's veracity are
+both few and obscure. I believe he was as straight as his sword. The
+governors doubtless issued these orders, but there were plenty besides
+Brandeis to suggest them. Every wandering clerk from the firm's office,
+every plantation manager, would be dinning the same story in the native
+ear. And here again the initial blunder hung about the neck of Brandeis,
+a ton's weight. The natives, as well as the whites, had seen their
+premier masquerading on a stool in the office; in the eyes of the
+natives, as well as in those of the whites, he must always have retained
+the mark of servitude from that ill-judged passage; and they would be
+inclined to look behind and above him, to the great house of _Misi Ueba_.
+The government was like a vista of puppets. People did not trouble with
+Tamasese, if they got speech with Brandeis; in the same way, they might
+not always trouble to ask Brandeis, if they had a hint direct from _Misi
+Ueba_. In only one case, though it seems to have had many developments,
+do I find the premier personally committed. The MacArthurs claimed the
+copra of Fasitotai on a district mortgage of three hundred dollars. The
+German firm accepted a mortgage of the whole province of Aana, claimed
+the copra of Fasitotai as that of a part of Aana, and were supported by
+the government. Here Brandeis was false to his own principle, that
+personal and village debts should come before provincial. But the case
+occurred before the promulgation of the law, and was, as a matter of
+fact, the cause of it; so the most we can say is that he changed his
+mind, and changed it for the better. If the history of his government be
+considered--how it originated in an intrigue between the firm and the
+consulate, and was (for the firm's sake alone) supported by the consulate
+with foreign bayonets--the existence of the least doubt on the man's
+action must seem marvellous. We should have looked to find him playing
+openly and wholly into their hands; that he did not, implies great
+independence and much secret friction; and I believe (if the truth were
+known) the firm would be found to have been disgusted with the
+stubbornness of its intended tool, and Brandeis often impatient of the
+demands of his creators.
+
+But I may seem to exaggerate the degree of white opposition. And it is
+true that before fate overtook the Brandeis government, it appeared to
+enjoy the fruits of victory in Apia; and one dissident, the unconquerable
+Moors, stood out alone to refuse his taxes. But the victory was in
+appearance only; the opposition was latent; it found vent in talk, and
+thus reacted on the natives; upon the least excuse, it was ready to flame
+forth again. And this is the more singular because some were far from
+out of sympathy with the native policy pursued. When I met Captain
+Brandeis, he was amazed at my attitude. "Whom did you find in Apia to
+tell you so much good of me?" he asked. I named one of my informants.
+"He?" he cried. "If he thought all that, why did he not help me?" I
+told him as well as I was able. The man was a merchant. He beheld in
+the government of Brandeis a government created by and for the firm who
+were his rivals. If Brandeis were minded to deal fairly, where was the
+probability that he would be allowed? If Brandeis insisted and were
+strong enough to prevail, what guarantee that, as soon as the government
+were fairly accepted, Brandeis might not be removed? Here was the
+attitude of the hour; and I am glad to find it clearly set forth in a
+despatch of Sewall's, June 18th, 1888, when he commends the law against
+mortgages, and goes on: "Whether the author of this law will carry out
+the good intentions which he professes--whether he will be allowed to do
+so, if he desires, against the opposition of those who placed him in
+power and protect him in the possession of it--may well be doubted."
+Brandeis had come to Apia in the firm's livery. Even while he promised
+neutrality in commerce, the clerks were prating a different story in the
+bar-rooms; and the late high feat of the knight-errant, Becker, had
+killed all confidence in Germans at the root. By these three impolicies,
+the German adventure in Samoa was defeated.
+
+I imply that the handful of whites were the true obstacle, not the
+thousands of malcontent Samoans; for had the whites frankly accepted
+Brandeis, the path of Germany was clear, and the end of their policy,
+however troublesome might be its course, was obvious. But this is not to
+say that the natives were content. In a sense, indeed, their opposition
+was continuous. There will always be opposition in Samoa when taxes are
+imposed; and the deportation of Malietoa stuck in men's throats. Tuiatua
+Mataafa refused to act under the new government from the beginning, and
+Tamasese usurped his place and title. As early as February, I find him
+signing himself "Tuiaana _Tuiatua_ Tamasese," the first step on a
+dangerous path. Asi, like Mataafa, disclaimed his chiefship and declared
+himself a private person; but he was more rudely dealt with. German
+sailors surrounded his house in the night, burst in, and dragged the
+women out of the mosquito nets--an offence against Samoan manners. No
+Asi was to be found; but at last they were shown his fishing-lights on
+the reef, rowed out, took him as he was, and carried him on board a man-
+of-war, where he was detained some while between-decks. At last, January
+16th, after a farewell interview over the ship's side with his wife, he
+was discharged into a ketch, and along with two other chiefs, Maunga and
+Tuiletu-funga, deported to the Marshalls. The blow struck fear upon all
+sides. Le Mamea (a very able chief) was secretly among the malcontents.
+His family and followers murmured at his weakness; but he continued,
+throughout the duration of the government, to serve Brandeis with
+trembling. A circus coming to Apia, he seized at the pretext for escape,
+and asked leave to accept an engagement in the company. "I will not
+allow you to make a monkey of yourself," said Brandeis; and the phrase
+had a success throughout the islands, pungent expressions being so much
+admired by the natives that they cannot refrain from repeating them, even
+when they have been levelled at themselves. The assumption of the Atua
+_name_ spread discontent in that province; many chiefs from thence were
+convicted of disaffection, and condemned to labour with their hands upon
+the roads--a great shock to the Samoan sense of the becoming, which was
+rendered the more sensible by the death of one of the number at his task.
+Mataafa was involved in the same trouble. His disaffected speech at a
+meeting of Atua chiefs was betrayed by the girls that made the kava, and
+the man of the future was called to Apia on safe-conduct, but, after an
+interview, suffered to return to his lair. The peculiarly tender
+treatment of Mataafa must be explained by his relationship to Tamasese.
+Laupepa was of Malietoa blood. The hereditary retainers of the Tupua
+would see him exiled even with some complacency. But Mataafa was Tupua
+himself; and Tupua men would probably have murmured, and would perhaps
+have mutinied, had he been harshly dealt with.
+
+The native opposition, I say, was in a sense continuous. And it kept
+continuously growing. The sphere of Brandeis was limited to Mulinuu and
+the north central quarters of Upolu--practically what is shown upon the
+map opposite. There the taxes were expanded; in the out-districts, men
+paid their money and saw no return. Here the eye and hand of the
+dictator were ready to correct the scales of justice; in the
+out-districts, all things lay at the mercy of the native magistrates, and
+their oppressions increased with the course of time and the experience of
+impunity. In the spring of the year, a very intelligent observer had
+occasion to visit many places in the island of Savaii. "Our lives are
+not worth living," was the burthen of the popular complaint. "We are
+groaning under the oppression of these men. We would rather die than
+continue to endure it." On his return to Apia, he made haste to
+communicate his impressions to Brandeis. Brandeis replied in an epigram:
+"Where there has been anarchy in a country, there must be oppression for
+a time." But unfortunately the terms of the epigram may be reversed; and
+personal supervision would have been more in season than wit. The same
+observer who conveyed to him this warning thinks that, if Brandeis had
+himself visited the districts and inquired into complaints, the blow
+might yet have been averted and the government saved. At last, upon a
+certain unconstitutional act of Tamasese, the discontent took life and
+fire. The act was of his own conception; the dull dog was ambitious.
+Brandeis declares he would not be dissuaded; perhaps his adviser did not
+seriously try, perhaps did not dream that in that welter of
+contradictions, the Samoan constitution, any one point would be
+considered sacred. I have told how Tamasese assumed the title of
+Tuiatua. In August 1888 a year after his installation, he took a more
+formidable step and assumed that of Malietoa. This name, as I have said,
+is of peculiar honour; it had been given to, it had never been taken
+from, the exiled Laupepa; those in whose grant it lay, stood punctilious
+upon their rights; and Tamasese, as the representative of their natural
+opponents, the Tupua line, was the last who should have had it. And
+there was yet more, though I almost despair to make it thinkable by
+Europeans. Certain old mats are handed down, and set huge store by; they
+may be compared to coats of arms or heirlooms among ourselves; and to the
+horror of more than one-half of Samoa, Tamasese, the head of the Tupua,
+began collecting Malietoa mats. It was felt that the cup was full, and
+men began to prepare secretly for rebellion. The history of the month of
+August is unknown to whites; it passed altogether in the covert of the
+woods or in the stealthy councils of Samoans. One ominous sign was to be
+noted; arms and ammunition began to be purchased or inquired about; and
+the more wary traders ordered fresh consignments of material of war. But
+the rest was silence; the government slept in security; and Brandeis was
+summoned at last from a public dinner, to find rebellion organised, the
+woods behind Apia full of insurgents, and a plan prepared, and in the
+very article of execution, to surprise and seize Mulinuu. The timely
+discovery averted all; and the leaders hastily withdrew towards the south
+side of the island, leaving in the bush a rear-guard under a young man of
+the name of Saifaleupolu. According to some accounts, it scarce numbered
+forty; the leader was no great chief, but a handsome, industrious lad who
+seems to have been much beloved. And upon this obstacle Brandeis fell.
+It is the man's fault to be too impatient of results; his public
+intention to free Samoa of all debt within the year, depicts him; and
+instead of continuing to temporise and let his enemies weary and
+disperse, he judged it politic to strike a blow. He struck it, with what
+seemed to be success, and the sound of it roused Samoa to rebellion.
+
+About two in the morning of August 31st, Apia was wakened by men
+marching. Day came, and Brandeis and his war-party were already long
+disappeared in the woods. All morning belated Tamaseseites were still to
+be seen running with their guns. All morning shots were listened for in
+vain; but over the top of the forest, far up the mountain, smoke was for
+some time observed to hang. About ten a dead man was carried in, lashed
+under a pole like a dead pig, his rosary (for he was a Catholic) hanging
+nearly to the ground. Next came a young fellow wounded, sitting in a
+rope swung from a pole; two fellows bearing him, two running behind for a
+relief. At last about eleven, three or four heavy volleys and a great
+shouting were heard from the bush town Tanungamanono; the affair was
+over, the victorious force, on the march back, was there celebrating its
+victory by the way. Presently after, it marched through Apia, five or
+six hundred strong, in tolerable order and strutting with the ludicrous
+assumption of the triumphant islander. Women who had been buying bread
+ran and gave them loaves. At the tail end came Brandeis himself, smoking
+a cigar, deadly pale, and with perhaps an increase of his usual nervous
+manner. One spoke to him by the way. He expressed his sorrow the action
+had been forced on him. "Poor people, it's all the worse for them!" he
+said. "It'll have to be done another way now." And it was supposed by
+his hearer that he referred to intervention from the German war-ships. He
+meant, he said, to put a stop to head-hunting; his men had taken two that
+day, he added, but he had not suffered them to bring them in, and they
+had been left in Tanungamanono. Thither my informant rode, was attracted
+by the sound of wailing, and saw in a house the two heads washed and
+combed, and the sister of one of the dead lamenting in the island fashion
+and kissing the cold face. Soon after, a small grave was dug, the heads
+were buried in a beef box, and the pastor read the service. The body of
+Saifaleupolu himself was recovered unmutilated, brought down from the
+forest, and buried behind Apia.
+
+The same afternoon, the men of Vaimaunga were ordered to report in
+Mulinuu, where Tamasese's flag was half-masted for the death of a chief
+in the skirmish. Vaimaunga is that district of Taumasanga which includes
+the bay and the foothills behind Apia; and both province and district are
+strong Malietoa. Not one man, it is said, obeyed the summons. Night
+came, and the town lay in unusual silence; no one abroad; the blinds down
+around the native houses, the men within sleeping on their arms; the old
+women keeping watch in pairs. And in the course of the two following
+days all Vaimaunga was gone into the bush, the very gaoler setting free
+his prisoners and joining them in their escape. Hear the words of the
+chiefs in the 23rd article of their complaint: "Some of the chiefs fled
+to the bush from fear of being reported, fear of German men-of-war,
+constantly being accused, etc., and Brandeis commanded that they were to
+be shot on sight. This act was carried out by Brandeis on the 31st day
+of August, 1888. After this we evaded these laws; we could not stand
+them; our patience was worn out with the constant wickedness of Tamasese
+and Brandeis. We were tired out and could stand no longer the acts of
+these two men."
+
+So through an ill-timed skirmish, two severed heads, and a dead body, the
+rule of Brandeis came to a sudden end. We shall see him a while longer
+fighting for existence in a losing battle; but his government--take it
+for all in all, the most promising that has ever been in these unlucky
+islands--was from that hour a piece of history.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V--THE BATTLE OF MATAUTU
+
+
+_September 1888_
+
+The revolution had all the character of a popular movement. Many of the
+high chiefs were detained in Mulinuu; the commons trooped to the bush
+under inferior leaders. A camp was chosen near Faleula, threatening
+Mulinuu, well placed for the arrival of recruits and close to a German
+plantation from which the force could be subsisted. Manono came, all
+Tuamasanga, much of Savaii, and part of Aana, Tamasese's own government
+and titular seat. Both sides were arming. It was a brave day for the
+trader, though not so brave as some that followed, when a single
+cartridge is said to have been sold for twelve cents currency--between
+nine and ten cents gold. Yet even among the traders a strong party
+feeling reigned, and it was the common practice to ask a purchaser upon
+which side he meant to fight.
+
+On September 5th, Brandeis published a letter: "To the chiefs of
+Tuamasanga, Manono, and Faasaleleanga in the Bush: Chiefs, by authority
+of his majesty Tamasese, the king of Samoa, I make known to you all that
+the German man-of-war is about to go together with a Samoan fleet for the
+purpose of burning Manono. After this island is all burnt, 'tis good if
+the people return to Manono and live quiet. To the people of
+Faasaleleanga I say, return to your houses and stop there. The same to
+those belonging to Tuamasanga. If you obey this instruction, then you
+will all be forgiven; if you do not obey, then all your villages will be
+burnt like Manono. These instructions are made in truth in the sight of
+God in the Heaven." The same morning, accordingly, the _Adler_ steamed
+out of the bay with a force of Tamasese warriors and some native boats in
+tow, the Samoan fleet in question. Manono was shelled; the Tamasese
+warriors, under the conduct of a Manono traitor, who paid before many
+days the forfeit of his blood, landed and did some damage, but were
+driven away by the sight of a force returning from the mainland; no one
+was hurt, for the women and children, who alone remained on the island,
+found a refuge in the bush; and the _Adler_ and her acolytes returned the
+same evening. The letter had been energetic; the performance fell below
+the programme. The demonstration annoyed and yet re-assured the
+insurgents, and it fully disclosed to the Germans a new enemy.
+
+Captain Yon Widersheim had been relieved. His successor, Captain Fritze,
+was an officer of a different stamp. I have nothing to say of him but
+good; he seems to have obeyed the consul's requisitions with secret
+distaste; his despatches were of admirable candour; but his habits were
+retired, he spoke little English, and was far indeed from inheriting von
+Widersheim's close relations with Commander Leary. It is believed by
+Germans that the American officer resented what he took to be neglect. I
+mention this, not because I believe it to depict Commander Leary, but
+because it is typical of a prevailing infirmity among Germans in Samoa.
+Touchy themselves, they read all history in the light of personal
+affronts and tiffs; and I find this weakness indicated by the big thumb
+of Bismarck, when he places "sensitiveness to small
+disrespects--_Empfindlichkeit ueber Mangel an Respect_," among the causes
+of the wild career of Knappe. Whatever the cause, at least, the natives
+had no sooner taken arms than Leary appeared with violence upon that
+side. As early as the 3rd, he had sent an obscure but menacing despatch
+to Brandeis. On the 6th, he fell on Fritze in the matter of the Manono
+bombardment. "The revolutionists," he wrote, "had an armed force in the
+field within a few miles of this harbour, when the vessels under your
+command transported the Tamasese troops to a neighbouring island with the
+avowed intention of making war on the isolated homes of the women and
+children of the enemy. Being the only other representative of a naval
+power now present in this harbour, for the sake of humanity I hereby
+respectfully and solemnly protest in the name of the United States of
+America and of the civilised world in general against the use of a
+national war-vessel for such services as were yesterday rendered by the
+German corvette _Adler_." Fritze's reply, to the effect that he is under
+the orders of the consul and has no right of choice, reads even humble;
+perhaps he was not himself vain of the exploit, perhaps not prepared to
+see it thus described in words. From that moment Leary was in the front
+of the row. His name is diagnostic, but it was not required; on every
+step of his subsequent action in Samoa Irishman is writ large; over all
+his doings a malign spirit of humour presided. No malice was too small
+for him, if it were only funny. When night signals were made from
+Mulinuu, he would sit on his own poop and confound them with gratuitous
+rockets. He was at the pains to write a letter and address it to "the
+High Chief Tamasese"--a device as old at least as the wars of Robert
+Bruce--in order to bother the officials of the German post-office, in
+whose hands he persisted in leaving it, although the address was death to
+them and the distribution of letters in Samoa formed no part of their
+profession. His great masterwork of pleasantry, the Scanlon affair, must
+be narrated in its place. And he was no less bold than comical. The
+_Adams_ was not supposed to be a match for the _Adler_; there was no
+glory to be gained in beating her; and yet I have heard naval officers
+maintain she might have proved a dangerous antagonist in narrow waters
+and at short range. Doubtless Leary thought so. He was continually
+daring Fritze to come on; and already, in a despatch of the 9th, I find
+Becker complaining of his language in the hearing of German officials,
+and how he had declared that, on the _Adler_ again interfering, he would
+interfere himself, "if he went to the bottom for it--_und wenn sein
+Schiff dabei zu Grunde ginge_." Here is the style of opposition which
+has the merit of being frank, not that of being agreeable. Becker was
+annoying, Leary infuriating; there is no doubt that the tempers in the
+German consulate were highly ulcerated; and if war between the two
+countries did not follow, we must set down the praise to the forbearance
+of the German navy. This is not the last time that I shall have to
+salute the merits of that service.
+
+The defeat and death of Saifaleupolu and the burning of Manono had thus
+passed off without the least advantage to Tamasese. But he still held
+the significant position of Mulinuu, and Brandeis was strenuous to make
+it good. The whole peninsula was surrounded with a breastwork; across
+the isthmus it was six feet high and strengthened with a ditch; and the
+beach was staked against landing. Weber's land claim--the same that now
+broods over the village in the form of a signboard--then appeared in a
+more military guise; the German flag was hoisted, and German sailors
+manned the breastwork at the isthmus--"to protect German property" and
+its trifling parenthesis, the king of Samoa. Much vigilance reigned and,
+in the island fashion, much wild firing. And in spite of all, desertion
+was for a long time daily. The detained high chiefs would go to the
+beach on the pretext of a natural occasion, plunge in the sea, and
+swimming across a broad, shallow bay of the lagoon, join the rebels on
+the Faleula side. Whole bodies of warriors, sometimes hundreds strong,
+departed with their arms and ammunition. On the 7th of September, for
+instance, the day after Leary's letter, Too and Mataia left with their
+contingents, and the whole Aana people returned home in a body to hold a
+parliament. Ten days later, it is true, a part of them returned to their
+duty; but another part branched off by the way and carried their
+services, and Tamasese's dear-bought guns, to Faleula.
+
+On the 8th, there was a defection of a different kind, but yet sensible.
+The High Chief Seumanu had been still detained in Mulinuu under anxious
+observation. His people murmured at his absence, threatened to "take
+away his name," and had already attempted a rescue. The adventure was
+now taken in hand by his wife Faatulia, a woman of much sense and spirit
+and a strong partisan; and by her contrivance, Seumanu gave his guardians
+the slip and rejoined his clan at Faleula. This process of winnowing was
+of course counterbalanced by another of recruitment. But the harshness
+of European and military rule had made Brandeis detested and Tamasese
+unpopular with many; and the force on Mulinuu is thought to have done
+little more than hold its own. Mataafa sympathisers set it down at about
+two or three thousand. I have no estimate from the other side; but
+Becker admits they were not strong enough to keep the field in the open.
+
+The political significance of Mulinuu was great, but in a military sense
+the position had defects. If it was difficult to carry, it was easy to
+blockade: and to be hemmed in on that narrow finger of land were an
+inglorious posture for the monarch of Samoa. The peninsula, besides, was
+scant of food and destitute of water. Pressed by these considerations,
+Brandeis extended his lines till he had occupied the whole foreshore of
+Apia bay and the opposite point, Matautu. His men were thus drawn out
+along some three nautical miles of irregular beach, everywhere with their
+backs to the sea, and without means of communication or mutual support
+except by water. The extension led to fresh sorrows. The Tamasese men
+quartered themselves in the houses of the absent men of the Vaimaunga.
+Disputes arose with English and Americans. Leary interposed in a loud
+voice of menace. It was said the firm profited by the confusion to
+buttress up imperfect land claims; I am sure the other whites would not
+be far behind the firm. Properties were fenced in, fences and houses
+were torn down, scuffles ensued. The German example at Mulinuu was
+followed with laughable unanimity; wherever an Englishman or an American
+conceived himself to have a claim, he set up the emblem of his country;
+and the beach twinkled with the flags of nations.
+
+All this, it will be observed, was going forward in that neutral
+territory, sanctified by treaty against the presence of armed Samoans.
+The insurgents themselves looked on in wonder: on the 4th, trembling to
+transgress against the great Powers, they had written for a delimitation
+of the _Eleele Sa_; and Becker, in conversation with the British consul,
+replied that he recognised none. So long as Tamasese held the ground,
+this was expedient. But suppose Tamasese worsted, it might prove awkward
+for the stores, mills, and offices of a great German firm, thus bared of
+shelter by the act of their own consul.
+
+On the morning of the 9th September, just ten days after the death of
+Saifaleupolu, Mataafa, under the name of Malietoa To'oa Mataafa, was
+crowned king at Faleula. On the 11th he wrote to the British and
+American consuls: "Gentlemen, I write this letter to you two very humbly
+and entreatingly, on account of this difficulty that has come before me.
+I desire to know from you two gentlemen the truth where the boundaries of
+the neutral territory are. You will observe that I am now at Vaimoso [a
+step nearer the enemy], and I have stopped here until I knew what you say
+regarding the neutral territory. I wish to know where I can go, and
+where the forbidden ground is, for I do not wish to go on any neutral
+territory, or on any foreigner's property. I do not want to offend any
+of the great Powers. Another thing I would like. Would it be possible
+for you three consuls to make Tamasese remove from German property? for I
+am in awe of going on German land." He must have received a reply
+embodying Becker's renunciation of the principle, at once; for he broke
+camp the same day, and marched eastward through the bush behind Apia.
+
+Brandeis, expecting attack, sought to improve his indefensible position.
+He reformed his centre by the simple expedient of suppressing it. Apia
+was evacuated. The two flanks, Mulinuu and Matautu, were still held and
+fortified, Mulinuu (as I have said) to the isthmus, Matautu on a line
+from the bayside to the little river Fuisa. The centre was represented
+by the trajectory of a boat across the bay from one flank to another, and
+was held (we may say) by the German war-ship. Mataafa decided (I am
+assured) to make a feint on Matautu, induce Brandeis to deplete Mulinuu
+in support, and then fall upon and carry that. And there is no doubt in
+my mind that such a plan was bruited abroad, for nothing but a belief in
+it could explain the behaviour of Brandeis on the 12th. That it was
+seriously entertained by Mataafa I stoutly disbelieve; the German flag
+and sailors forbidding the enterprise in Mulinuu. So that we may call
+this false intelligence the beginning and the end of Mataafa's strategy.
+
+The whites who sympathised with the revolt were uneasy and impatient.
+They will still tell you, though the dates are there to show them wrong,
+that Mataafa, even after his coronation, delayed extremely: a proof of
+how long two days may seem to last when men anticipate events. On the
+evening of the 11th, while the new king was already on the march, one of
+these walked into Matautu. The moon was bright. By the way he observed
+the native houses dark and silent; the men had been about a fortnight in
+the bush, but now the women and children were gone also; at which he
+wondered. On the sea-beach, in the camp of the Tamaseses, the solitude
+was near as great; he saw three or four men smoking before the British
+consulate, perhaps a dozen in all; the rest were behind in the bush upon
+their line of forts. About the midst he sat down, and here a woman drew
+near to him. The moon shone in her face, and he knew her for a
+householder near by, and a partisan of Mataafa's. She looked about her
+as she came, and asked him, trembling, what he did in the camp of
+Tamasese. He was there after news, he told her. She took him by the
+hand. "You must not stay here, you will get killed," she said. "The
+bush is full of our people, the others are watching them, fighting may
+begin at any moment, and we are both here too long." So they set off
+together; and she told him by the way that she had came to the hostile
+camp with a present of bananas, so that the Tamasese men might spare her
+house. By the Vaisingano they met an old man, a woman, and a child; and
+these also she warned and turned back. Such is the strange part played
+by women among the scenes of Samoan warfare, such were the liberties then
+permitted to the whites, that these two could pass the lines, talk
+together in Tamasese's camp on the eve of an engagement, and pass forth
+again bearing intelligence, like privileged spies. And before a few
+hours the white man was in direct communication with the opposing
+general. The next morning he was accosted "about breakfast-time" by two
+natives who stood leaning against the pickets of a public-house, where
+the Siumu road strikes in at right angles to the main street of Apia.
+They told him battle was imminent, and begged him to pass a little way
+inland and speak with Mataafa. The road is at this point broad and
+fairly good, running between thick groves of cocoa-palm and breadfruit. A
+few hundred yards along this the white man passed a picket of four armed
+warriors, with red handkerchiefs and their faces blackened in the form of
+a full beard, the Mataafa rallying signs for the day; a little farther
+on, some fifty; farther still, a hundred; and at last a quarter of a mile
+of them sitting by the wayside armed and blacked.
+
+Near by, in the verandah of a house on a knoll, he found Mataafa seated
+in white clothes, a Winchester across his knees. His men, he said, were
+still arriving from behind, and there was a turning movement in operation
+beyond the Fuisa, so that the Tamaseses should be assailed at the same
+moment from the south and east. And this is another indication that the
+attack on Matautu was the true attack; had any design on Mulinuu been in
+the wind, not even a Samoan general would have detached these troops upon
+the other side. While they still spoke, five Tamasese women were brought
+in with their hands bound; they had been stealing "our" bananas.
+
+All morning the town was strangely deserted, the very children gone. A
+sense of expectation reigned, and sympathy for the attack was expressed
+publicly. Some men with unblacked faces came to Moors's store for
+biscuit. A native woman, who was there marketing, inquired after the
+news, and, hearing that the battle was now near at hand, "Give them two
+more tins," said she; "and don't put them down to my husband--he would
+growl; put them down to me." Between twelve and one, two white men
+walked toward Matautu, finding as they went no sign of war until they had
+passed the Vaisingano and come to the corner of a by-path leading to the
+bush. Here were four blackened warriors on guard,--the extreme left wing
+of the Mataafa force, where it touched the waters of the bay. Thence the
+line (which the white men followed) stretched inland among bush and
+marsh, facing the forts of the Tamaseses. The warriors lay as yet
+inactive behind trees; but all the young boys and harlots of Apia toiled
+in the front upon a trench, digging with knives and cocoa-shells; and a
+continuous stream of children brought them water. The young sappers
+worked crouching; from the outside only an occasional head, or a hand
+emptying a shell of earth, was visible; and their enemies looked on inert
+from the line of the opposing forts. The lists were not yet prepared,
+the tournament was not yet open; and the attacking force was suffered to
+throw up works under the silent guns of the defence. But there is an end
+even to the delay of islanders. As the white men stood and looked, the
+Tamasese line thundered into a volley; it was answered; the crowd of
+silent workers broke forth in laughter and cheers; and the battle had
+begun.
+
+Thenceforward, all day and most of the next night, volley followed
+volley; and pounds of lead and pounds sterling of money continued to be
+blown into the air without cessation and almost without result. Colonel
+de Coetlogon, an old soldier, described the noise as deafening. The
+harbour was all struck with shots; a man was knocked over on the German
+war-ship; half Apia was under fire; and a house was pierced beyond the
+Mulivai. All along the two lines of breastwork, the entrenched enemies
+exchanged this hail of balls; and away on the east of the battle the
+fusillade was maintained, with equal spirit, across the narrow barrier of
+the Fuisa. The whole rear of the Tamaseses was enfiladed by this flank
+fire; and I have seen a house there, by the river brink, that was riddled
+with bullets like a piece of worm-eaten wreck-wood. At this point of the
+field befell a trait of Samoan warfare worth recording. Taiese (brother
+to Siteoni already mentioned) shot a Tamasese man. He saw him fall, and,
+inflamed with the lust of glory, passed the river single-handed in that
+storm of missiles to secure the head. On the farther bank, as was but
+natural, he fell himself; he who had gone to take a trophy remained to
+afford one; and the Mataafas, who had looked on exulting in the prospect
+of a triumph, saw themselves exposed instead to a disgrace. Then rose
+one Vingi, passed the deadly water, swung the body of Taiese on his back,
+and returned unscathed to his own side, the head saved, the corpse filled
+with useless bullets.
+
+At this rate of practice, the ammunition soon began to run low, and from
+an early hour of the afternoon, the Malietoa stores were visited by
+customers in search of more. An elderly man came leaping and cheering,
+his gun in one hand, a basket of three heads in the other. A fellow came
+shot through the forearm. "It doesn't hurt now," he said, as he bought
+his cartridges; "but it will hurt to-morrow, and I want to fight while I
+can." A third followed, a mere boy, with the end of his nose shot off:
+"Have you any painkiller? give it me quick, so that I can get back to
+fight." On either side, there was the same delight in sound and smoke
+and schoolboy cheering, the same unsophisticated ardour of battle; and
+the misdirected skirmish proceeded with a din, and was illustrated with
+traits of bravery that would have fitted a Waterloo or a Sedan.
+
+I have said how little I regard the alleged plan of battle. At least it
+was now all gone to water. The whole forces of Mataafa had leaked out,
+man by man, village by village, on the so-called false attack. They were
+all pounding for their lives on the front and the left flank of Matautu.
+About half-past three they enveloped the right flank also. The defenders
+were driven back along the beach road as far as the pilot station at the
+turn of the land. From this also they were dislodged, stubbornly
+fighting. One, it is told, retreated to his middle in the lagoon; stood
+there, loading and firing, till he fell; and his body was found on the
+morrow pierced with four mortal wounds. The Tamasese force was now
+enveloped on three sides; it was besides almost cut off from the sea; and
+across its whole rear and only way of retreat a fire of hostile bullets
+crossed from east and west, in the midst of which men were surprised to
+observe the birds continuing to sing, and a cow grazed all afternoon
+unhurt. Doubtless here was the defence in a poor way; but then the
+attack was in irons. For the Mataafas about the pilot house could
+scarcely advance beyond without coming under the fire of their own men
+from the other side of the Fuisa; and there was not enough organisation,
+perhaps not enough authority, to divert or to arrest that fire.
+
+The progress of the fight along the beach road was visible from Mulinuu,
+and Brandeis despatched ten boats of reinforcements. They crossed the
+harbour, paused for a while beside the _Adler_--it is supposed for
+ammunition--and drew near the Matautu shore. The Mataafa men lay close
+among the shore-side bushes, expecting their arrival; when a silly lad,
+in mere lightness of heart, fired a shot in the air. My native friend,
+Mrs. Mary Hamilton, ran out of her house and gave the culprit a good
+shaking: an episode in the midst of battle as incongruous as the grazing
+cow. But his sillier comrades followed his example; a harmless volley
+warned the boats what they might expect; and they drew back and passed
+outside the reef for the passage of the Fuisa. Here they came under the
+fire of the right wing of the Mataafas on the river-bank. The beach,
+raked east and west, appeared to them no place to land on. And they hung
+off in the deep water of the lagoon inside the barrier reef, feebly
+fusillading the pilot house.
+
+Between four and five, the Fabeata regiment (or folk of that village) on
+the Mataafa left, which had been under arms all day, fell to be withdrawn
+for rest and food; the Siumu regiment, which should have relieved it, was
+not ready or not notified in time; and the Tamaseses, gallantly profiting
+by the mismanagement, recovered the most of the ground in their proper
+right. It was not for long. They lost it again, yard by yard and from
+house to house, till the pilot station was once more in the hands of the
+Mataafas. This is the last definite incident in the battle. The
+vicissitudes along the line of the entrenchments remain concealed from us
+under the cover of the forest. Some part of the Tamasese position there
+appears to have been carried, but what part, or at what hour, or whether
+the advantage was maintained, I have never learned. Night and rain, but
+not silence, closed upon the field. The trenches were deep in mud; but
+the younger folk wrecked the houses in the neighbourhood, carried the
+roofs to the front, and lay under them, men and women together, through a
+long night of furious squalls and furious and useless volleys. Meanwhile
+the older folk trailed back into Apia in the rain; they talked as they
+went of who had fallen and what heads had been taken upon either
+side--they seemed to know by name the losses upon both; and drenched with
+wet and broken with excitement and fatigue, they crawled into the
+verandahs of the town to eat and sleep. The morrow broke grey and
+drizzly, but as so often happens in the islands, cleared up into a
+glorious day. During the night, the majority of the defenders had taken
+advantage of the rain and darkness and stolen from their forts
+unobserved. The rallying sign of the Tamaseses had been a white
+handkerchief. With the dawn, the de Coetlogons from the English
+consulate beheld the ground strewn with these badges discarded; and close
+by the house, a belated turncoat was still changing white for red.
+Matautu was lost; Tamasese was confined to Mulinuu; and by nine o'clock
+two Mataafa villages paraded the streets of Apia, taking possession. The
+cost of this respectable success in ammunition must have been enormous;
+in life it was but small. Some compute forty killed on either side,
+others forty on both, three or four being women and one a white man,
+master of a schooner from Fiji. Nor was the number even of the wounded
+at all proportionate to the surprising din and fury of the affair while
+it lasted.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI--LAST EXPLOITS OF BECKER
+
+
+_September-November_ 1888
+
+Brandeis had held all day by Mulinuu, expecting the reported real attack.
+He woke on the 13th to find himself cut off on that unwatered promontory,
+and the Mataafa villagers parading Apia. The same day Fritze received a
+letter from Mataafa summoning him to withdraw his party from the isthmus;
+and Fritze, as if in answer, drew in his ship into the small harbour
+close to Mulinuu, and trained his port battery to assist in the defence.
+From a step so decisive, it might be thought the German plans were
+unaffected by the disastrous issue of the battle. I conceive nothing
+would be further from the truth. Here was Tamasese penned on Mulinuu
+with his troops; Apia, from which alone these could be subsisted, in the
+hands of the enemy; a battle imminent, in which the German vessel must
+apparently take part with men and battery, and the buildings of the
+German firm were apparently destined to be the first target of fire.
+Unless Becker re-established that which he had so lately and so artfully
+thrown down--the neutral territory--the firm would have to suffer. If he
+re-established it, Tamasese must retire from Mulinuu. If Becker saved
+his goose, he lost his cabbage. Nothing so well depicts the man's
+effrontery as that he should have conceived the design of saving both,--of
+re-establishing only so much of the neutral territory as should hamper
+Mataafa, and leaving in abeyance all that could incommode Tamasese. By
+drawing the boundary where he now proposed, across the isthmus, he
+protected the firm, drove back the Mataafas out of almost all that they
+had conquered, and, so far from disturbing Tamasese, actually fortified
+him in his old position.
+
+The real story of the negotiations that followed we shall perhaps never
+learn. But so much is plain: that while Becker was thus outwardly
+straining decency in the interest of Tamasese, he was privately
+intriguing, or pretending to intrigue, with Mataafa. In his despatch of
+the 11th, he had given an extended criticism of that chieftain, whom he
+depicts as very dark and artful; and while admitting that his assumption
+of the name of Malietoa might raise him up followers, predicted that he
+could not make an orderly government or support himself long in sole
+power "without very energetic foreign help." Of what help was the consul
+thinking? There was no helper in the field but Germany. On the 15th he
+had an interview with the victor; told him that Tamasese's was the only
+government recognised by Germany, and that he must continue to recognise
+it till he received "other instructions from his government, whom he was
+now advising of the late events"; refused, accordingly, to withdraw the
+guard from the isthmus; and desired Mataafa, "until the arrival of these
+fresh instructions," to refrain from an attack on Mulinuu. One thing of
+two: either this language is extremely perfidious, or Becker was
+preparing to change sides. The same detachment appears in his despatch
+of October 7th. He computes the losses of the German firm with an easy
+cheerfulness. If Tamasese get up again (_gelingt die Wiederherstellung
+der Regierung Tamasese's_), Tamasese will have to pay. If not, then
+Mataafa. This is not the language of a partisan. The tone of
+indifference, the easy implication that the case of Tamasese was already
+desperate, the hopes held secretly forth to Mataafa and secretly reported
+to his government at home, trenchantly contrast with his external
+conduct. At this very time he was feeding Tamasese; he had German
+sailors mounting guard on Tamasese's battlements; the German war-ship lay
+close in, whether to help or to destroy. If he meant to drop the cause
+of Tamasese, he had him in a corner, helpless, and could stifle him
+without a sob. If he meant to rat, it was to be with every condition of
+safety and every circumstance of infamy.
+
+Was it conceivable, then, that he meant it? Speaking with a gentleman
+who was in the confidence of Dr. Knappe: "Was it not a pity," I asked,
+"that Knappe did not stick to Becker's policy of supporting Mataafa?"
+"You are quite wrong there; that was not Knappe's doing," was the reply.
+"Becker had changed his mind before Knappe came." Why, then, had he
+changed it? This excellent, if ignominious, idea once entertained, why
+was it let drop? It is to be remembered there was another German in the
+field, Brandeis, who had a respect, or rather, perhaps, an affection, for
+Tamasese, and who thought his own honour and that of his country engaged
+in the support of that government which they had provoked and founded.
+Becker described the captain to Laupepa as "a quiet, sensible gentleman."
+If any word came to his ears of the intended manoeuvre, Brandeis would
+certainly show himself very sensible of the affront; but Becker might
+have been tempted to withdraw his former epithet of quiet. Some such
+passage, some such threatened change of front at the consulate, opposed
+with outcry, would explain what seems otherwise inexplicable, the bitter,
+indignant, almost hostile tone of a subsequent letter from Brandeis to
+Knappe--"Brandeis's inflammatory letter," Bismarck calls it--the
+proximate cause of the German landing and reverse at Fangalii.
+
+But whether the advances of Becker were sincere or not--whether he
+meditated treachery against the old king or was practising treachery upon
+the new, and the choice is between one or other--no doubt but he
+contrived to gain his points with Mataafa, prevailing on him to change
+his camp for the better protection of the German plantations, and
+persuading him (long before he could persuade his brother consuls) to
+accept that miraculous new neutral territory of his, with a piece cut out
+for the immediate needs of Tamasese.
+
+During the rest of September, Tamasese continued to decline. On the 19th
+one village and half of another deserted him; on the 22nd two more. On
+the 21st the Mataafas burned his town of Leulumoenga, his own splendid
+house flaming with the rest; and there are few things of which a native
+thinks more, or has more reason to think well, than of a fine Samoan
+house. Tamasese women and children were marched up the same day from
+Atua, and handed over with their sleeping-mats to Mulinuu: a most
+unwelcome addition to a party already suffering from want. By the 20th,
+they were being watered from the _Adler_. On the 24th the Manono fleet
+of sixteen large boats, fortified and rendered unmanageable with tons of
+firewood, passed to windward to intercept supplies from Atua. By the
+27th the hungry garrison flocked in great numbers to draw rations at the
+German firm. On the 28th the same business was repeated with a different
+issue. Mataafas crowded to look on; words were exchanged, blows
+followed; sticks, stones, and bottles were caught up; the detested
+Brandeis, at great risk, threw himself between the lines and expostulated
+with the Mataafas--his only personal appearance in the wars, if this
+could be called war. The same afternoon, the Tamasese boats got in with
+provisions, having passed to seaward of the lumbering Manono fleet; and
+from that day on, whether from a high degree of enterprise on the one
+side or a great lack of capacity on the other, supplies were maintained
+from the sea with regularity. Thus the spectacle of battle, or at least
+of riot, at the doors of the German firm was not repeated. But the
+memory must have hung heavy on the hearts, not of the Germans only, but
+of all Apia. The Samoans are a gentle race, gentler than any in Europe;
+we are often enough reminded of the circumstance, not always by their
+friends. But a mob is a mob, and a drunken mob is a drunken mob, and a
+drunken mob with weapons in its hands is a drunken mob with weapons in
+its hands, all the world over: elementary propositions, which some of us
+upon these islands might do worse than get by rote, but which must have
+been evident enough to Becker. And I am amazed by the man's constancy,
+that, even while blows were going at the door of that German firm which
+he was in Samoa to protect, he should have stuck to his demands. Ten
+days before, Blacklock had offered to recognise the old territory,
+including Mulinuu, and Becker had refused, and still in the midst of
+these "alarums and excursions," he continued to refuse it.
+
+On October 2nd, anchored in Apia bay H.B.M.S. _Calliope_, Captain Kane,
+carrying the flag of Rear-Admiral Fairfax, and the gunboat _Lizard_,
+Lieutenant-Commander Pelly. It was rumoured the admiral had come to
+recognise the government of Tamasese, I believe in error. And at least
+the day for that was quite gone by; and he arrived not to salute the
+king's accession, but to arbitrate on his remains. A conference of the
+consuls and commanders met on board the _Calliope_, October 4th, Fritze
+alone being absent, although twice invited: the affair touched politics,
+his consul was to be there; and even if he came to the meeting (so he
+explained to Fairfax) he would have no voice in its deliberations. The
+parties were plainly marked out: Blacklock and Leary maintaining their
+offer of the old neutral territory, and probably willing to expand or to
+contract it to any conceivable extent, so long as Mulinuu was still
+included; Knappe offered (if the others liked) to include "the whole
+eastern end of the island," but quite fixed upon the one point that
+Mulinuu should be left out; the English willing to meet either view, and
+singly desirous that Apia should be neutralised. The conclusion was
+foregone. Becker held a trump card in the consent of Mataafa; Blacklock
+and Leary stood alone, spoke with all ill grace, and could not long hold
+out. Becker had his way; and the neutral boundary was chosen just where
+he desired: across the isthmus, the firm within, Mulinuu without. He did
+not long enjoy the fruits of victory.
+
+On the 7th, three days after the meeting, one of the Scanlons (well-known
+and intelligent half-castes) came to Blacklock with a complaint. The
+Scanlon house stood on the hither side of the Tamasese breastwork, just
+inside the newly accepted territory, and within easy range of the firm.
+Armed men, to the number of a hundred, had issued from Mulinuu, had
+"taken charge" of the house, had pointed a gun at Scanlon's head, and had
+twice "threatened to kill" his pigs. I hear elsewhere of some effects
+(_Gegenstande_) removed. At the best a very pale atrocity, though we
+shall find the word employed. Germans declare besides that Scanlon was
+no American subject; they declare the point had been decided by court-
+martial in 1875; that Blacklock had the decision in the consular
+archives; and that this was his reason for handing the affair to Leary.
+It is not necessary to suppose so. It is plain he thought little of the
+business; thought indeed nothing of it; except in so far as armed men had
+entered the neutral territory from Mulinuu; and it was on this ground
+alone, and the implied breach of Becker's engagement at the conference,
+that he invited Leary's attention to the tale. The impish ingenuity of
+the commander perceived in it huge possibilities of mischief. He took up
+the Scanlon outrage, the atrocity of the threatened pigs; and with that
+poor instrument--I am sure, to his own wonder--drove Tamasese out of
+Mulinuu. It was "an intrigue," Becker complains. To be sure it was; but
+who was Becker to be complaining of intrigue?
+
+On the 7th Leary laid before Fritze the following conundrum: "As the
+natives of Mulinuu appear to be under the protection of the Imperial
+German naval guard belonging to the vessel under your command, I have the
+honour to request you to inform me whether or not they are under such
+protection? Amicable relations," pursued the humorist, "amicable
+relations exist between the government of the United States and His
+Imperial German Majesty's government, but we do not recognise Tamasese's
+government, and I am desirous of locating the responsibility for
+violations of American rights." Becker and Fritze lost no time in
+explanation or denial, but went straight to the root of the matter and
+sought to buy off Scanlon. Becker declares that every reparation was
+offered. Scanlon takes a pride to recapitulate the leases and the
+situations he refused, and the long interviews in which he was tempted
+and plied with drink by Becker or Beckmann of the firm. No doubt, in
+short, that he was offered reparation in reason and out of reason, and,
+being thoroughly primed, refused it all. Meantime some answer must be
+made to Leary; and Fritze repeated on the 8th his oft-repeated assurances
+that he was not authorised to deal with politics. The same day Leary
+retorted: "The question is not one of diplomacy nor of politics. It is
+strictly one of military jurisdiction and responsibility. Under the
+shadow of the German fort at Mulinuu," continued the hyperbolical
+commander, "atrocities have been committed. . . . And I again have the
+honour respectfully to request to be informed whether or not the armed
+natives at Mulinuu are under the protection of the Imperial German naval
+guard belonging to the vessel under your command." To this no answer was
+vouchsafed till the 11th, and then in the old terms; and meanwhile, on
+the 10th, Leary got into his gaiters--the sure sign, as was both said and
+sung aboard his vessel, of some desperate or some amusing service--and
+was set ashore at the Scanlons' house. Of this he took possession at the
+head of an old woman and a mop, and was seen from the Tamasese breastwork
+directing operations and plainly preparing to install himself there in a
+military posture. So much he meant to be understood; so much he meant to
+carry out, and an armed party from the _Adams_ was to have garrisoned on
+the morrow the scene of the atrocity. But there is no doubt he managed
+to convey more. No doubt he was a master in the art of loose speaking,
+and could always manage to be overheard when he wanted; and by this, or
+some other equally unofficial means, he spread the rumour that on the
+morrow he was to bombard.
+
+The proposed post, from its position, and from Leary's well-established
+character as an artist in mischief, must have been regarded by the
+Germans with uneasiness. In the bombardment we can scarce suppose them
+to have believed. But Tamasese must have both believed and trembled. The
+prestige of the European Powers was still unbroken. No native would then
+have dreamed of defying these colossal ships, worked by mysterious
+powers, and laden with outlandish instruments of death. None would have
+dreamed of resisting those strange but quite unrealised Great Powers,
+understood (with difficulty) to be larger than Tonga and Samoa put
+together, and known to be prolific of prints, knives, hard biscuit,
+picture-books, and other luxuries, as well as of overbearing men and
+inconsistent orders. Laupepa had fallen in ill-blood with one of them;
+his only idea of defence had been to throw himself in the arms of
+another; his name, his rank, and his great following had not been able to
+preserve him; and he had vanished from the eyes of men--as the Samoan
+thinks of it, beyond the sky. Asi, Maunga, Tuiletu-funga, had followed
+him in that new path of doom. We have seen how carefully Mataafa still
+walked, how he dared not set foot on the neutral territory till assured
+it was no longer sacred, how he withdrew from it again as soon as its
+sacredness had been restored, and at the bare word of a consul (however
+gilded with ambiguous promises) paused in his course of victory and left
+his rival unassailed in Mulinuu. And now it was the rival's turn.
+Hitherto happy in the continued support of one of the white Powers, he
+now found himself--or thought himself--threatened with war by no less
+than two others.
+
+Tamasese boats as they passed Matautu were in the habit of firing on the
+shore, as like as not without particular aim, and more in high spirits
+than hostility. One of these shots pierced the house of a British
+subject near the consulate; the consul reported to Admiral Fairfax; and,
+on the morning of the 10th, the admiral despatched Captain Kane of the
+_Calliope_ to Mulinuu. Brandeis met the messenger with voluble excuses
+and engagements for the future. He was told his explanations were
+satisfactory so far as they went, but that the admiral's message was to
+Tamasese, the _de facto_ king. Brandeis, not very well assured of his
+puppet's courage, attempted in vain to excuse him from appearing. No _de
+facto_ king, no message, he was told: produce your _de facto_ king. And
+Tamasese had at last to be produced. To him Kane delivered his errand:
+that the _Lizard_ was to remain for the protection of British subjects;
+that a signalman was to be stationed at the consulate; that, on any
+further firing from boats, the signalman was to notify the _Lizard_ and
+she to fire one gun, on which all boats must lower sail and come
+alongside for examination and the detection of the guilty; and that, "in
+the event of the boats not obeying the gun, the admiral would not be
+responsible for the consequences." It was listened to by Brandeis and
+Tamasese "with the greatest attention." Brandeis, when it was done,
+desired his thanks to the admiral for the moderate terms of his message,
+and, as Kane went to his boat, repeated the expression of his gratitude
+as though he meant it, declaring his own hands would be thus strengthened
+for the maintenance of discipline. But I have yet to learn of any
+gratitude on the part of Tamasese. Consider the case of the poor owlish
+man hearing for the first time our diplomatic commonplaces. The admiral
+would not be answerable for the consequences. Think of it! A devil of a
+position for a _de facto_ king. And here, the same afternoon, was Leary
+in the Scanlon house, mopping it out for unknown designs by the hands of
+an old woman, and proffering strange threats of bloodshed. Scanlon and
+his pigs, the admiral and his gun, Leary and his bombardment,--what a
+kettle of fish!
+
+I dwell on the effect on Tamasese. Whatever the faults of Becker, he was
+not timid; he had already braved so much for Mulinuu that I cannot but
+think he might have continued to hold up his head even after the outrage
+of the pigs, and that the weakness now shown originated with the king.
+Late in the night, Blacklock was wakened to receive a despatch addressed
+to Leary. "You have asked that I and my government go away from Mulinuu,
+because you pretend a man who lives near Mulinuu and who is under your
+protection, has been threatened by my soldiers. As your Excellency has
+forbidden the man to accept any satisfaction, and as I do not wish to
+make war against the United States, I shall remove my government from
+Mulinuu to another place." It was signed by Tamasese, but I think more
+heads than his had wagged over the direct and able letter. On the
+morning of the 11th, accordingly, Mulinuu the much defended lay desert.
+Tamasese and Brandeis had slipped to sea in a schooner; their troops had
+followed them in boats; the German sailors and their war-flag had
+returned on board the _Adler_; and only the German merchant flag blew
+there for Weber's land-claim. Mulinuu, for which Becker had intrigued so
+long and so often, for which he had overthrown the municipality, for
+which he had abrogated and refused and invented successive schemes of
+neutral territory, was now no more to the Germans than a very
+unattractive, barren peninsula and a very much disputed land-claim of Mr.
+Weber's. It will scarcely be believed that the tale of the Scanlon
+outrages was not yet finished. Leary had gained his point, but Scanlon
+had lost his compensation. And it was months later, and this time in the
+shape of a threat of bombardment in black and white, that Tamasese heard
+the last of the absurd affair. Scanlon had both his fun and his money,
+and Leary's practical joke was brought to an artistic end.
+
+Becker sought and missed an instant revenge. Mataafa, a devout Catholic,
+was in the habit of walking every morning to mass from his camp at Vaiala
+beyond Matautu to the mission at the Mulivai. He was sometimes escorted
+by as many as six guards in uniform, who displayed their proficiency in
+drill by perpetually shifting arms as they marched. Himself, meanwhile,
+paced in front, bareheaded and barefoot, a staff in his hand, in the
+customary chief's dress of white kilt, shirt, and jacket, and with a
+conspicuous rosary about his neck. Tall but not heavy, with eager eyes
+and a marked appearance of courage and capacity, Mataafa makes an
+admirable figure in the eyes of Europeans; to those of his countrymen, he
+may seem not always to preserve that quiescence of manner which is
+thought becoming in the great. On the morning of October 16th he reached
+the mission before day with two attendants, heard mass, had coffee with
+the fathers, and left again in safety. The smallness of his following we
+may suppose to have been reported. He was scarce gone, at least, before
+Becker had armed men at the mission gate and came in person seeking him.
+
+The failure of this attempt doubtless still further exasperated the
+consul, and he began to deal as in an enemy's country. He had marines
+from the _Adler_ to stand sentry over the consulate and parade the
+streets by threes and fours. The bridge of the Vaisingano, which cuts in
+half the English and American quarters, he closed by proclamation and
+advertised for tenders to demolish it. On the 17th Leary and Pelly
+landed carpenters and repaired it in his teeth. Leary, besides, had
+marines under arms, ready to land them if it should be necessary to
+protect the work. But Becker looked on without interference, perhaps
+glad enough to have the bridge repaired; for even Becker may not always
+have offended intentionally. Such was now the distracted posture of the
+little town: all government extinct, the German consul patrolling it with
+armed men and issuing proclamations like a ruler, the two other Powers
+defying his commands, and at least one of them prepared to use force in
+the defiance. Close on its skirts sat the warriors of Mataafa, perhaps
+four thousand strong, highly incensed against the Germans, having all to
+gain in the seizure of the town and firm, and, like an army in a fairy
+tale, restrained by the air-drawn boundary of the neutral ground.
+
+I have had occasion to refer to the strange appearance in these islands
+of an American adventurer with a battery of cannon. The adventurer was
+long since gone, but his guns remained, and one of them was now to make
+fresh history. It had been cast overboard by Brandeis on the outer reef
+in the course of this retreat; and word of it coming to the ears of the
+Mataafas, they thought it natural that they should serve themselves the
+heirs of Tamasese. On the 23rd a Manono boat of the kind called
+_taumualua_ dropped down the coast from Mataafa's camp, called in broad
+day at the German quarter of the town for guides, and proceeded to the
+reef. Here, diving with a rope, they got the gun aboard; and the night
+being then come, returned by the same route in the shallow water along
+shore, singing a boat-song. It will be seen with what childlike reliance
+they had accepted the neutrality of Apia bay; they came for the gun
+without concealment, laboriously dived for it in broad day under the eyes
+of the town and shipping, and returned with it, singing as they went. On
+Grevsmuhl's wharf, a light showed them a crowd of German blue-jackets
+clustered, and a hail was heard. "Stop the singing so that we may hear
+what is said," said one of the chiefs in the _taumualua_. The song
+ceased; the hail was heard again, "_Au mai le fana_--bring the gun"; and
+the natives report themselves to have replied in the affirmative, and
+declare that they had begun to back the boat. It is perhaps not needful
+to believe them. A volley at least was fired from the wharf, at about
+fifty yards' range and with a very ill direction, one bullet whistling
+over Pelly's head on board the _Lizard_. The natives jumped overboard;
+and swimming under the lee of the _taumualua_ (where they escaped a
+second volley) dragged her towards the east. As soon as they were out of
+range and past the Mulivai, the German border, they got on board and
+(again singing--though perhaps a different song) continued their return
+along the English and American shore. Off Matautu they were hailed from
+the seaward by one of the _Adler's_ boats, which had been suddenly
+despatched on the sound of the firing or had stood ready all evening to
+secure the gun. The hail was in German; the Samoans knew not what it
+meant, but took the precaution to jump overboard and swim for land. Two
+volleys and some dropping shot were poured upon them in the water; but
+they dived, scattered, and came to land unhurt in different quarters of
+Matautu. The volleys, fired inshore, raked the highway, a British house
+was again pierced by numerous bullets, and these sudden sounds of war
+scattered consternation through the town.
+
+Two British subjects, Hetherington-Carruthers, a solicitor, and Maben, a
+land-surveyor--the first being in particular a man well versed in the
+native mind and language--hastened at once to their consul; assured him
+the Mataafas would be roused to fury by this onslaught in the neutral
+zone, that the German quarter would be certainly attacked, and the rest
+of the town and white inhabitants exposed to a peril very difficult of
+estimation; and prevailed upon him to intrust them with a mission to the
+king. By the time they reached headquarters, the warriors were already
+taking post round Matafele, and the agitation of Mataafa himself was
+betrayed in the fact that he spoke with the deputation standing and gun
+in hand: a breach of high-chief dignity perhaps unparalleled. The usual
+result, however, followed: the whites persuaded the Samoan; and the
+attack was countermanded, to the benefit of all concerned, and not least
+of Mataafa. To the benefit of all, I say; for I do not think the Germans
+were that evening in a posture to resist; the liquor-cellars of the firm
+must have fallen into the power of the insurgents; and I will repeat my
+formula that a mob is a mob, a drunken mob is a drunken mob, and a
+drunken mob with weapons in its hands is a drunken mob with weapons in
+its hands, all the world over.
+
+In the opinion of some, then, the town had narrowly escaped destruction,
+or at least the miseries of a drunken sack. To the knowledge of all, the
+air of the neutral territory had once more whistled with bullets. And it
+was clear the incident must have diplomatic consequences. Leary and
+Pelly both protested to Fritze. Leary announced he should report the
+affair to his government "as a gross violation of the principles of
+international law, and as a breach of the neutrality." "I positively
+decline the protest," replied Fritze, "and cannot fail to express my
+astonishment at the tone of your last letter." This was trenchant. It
+may be said, however, that Leary was already out of court; that, after
+the night signals and the Scanlon incident, and so many other acts of
+practical if humorous hostility, his position as a neutral was no better
+than a doubtful jest. The case with Pelly was entirely different; and
+with Pelly, Fritze was less well inspired. In his first note, he was on
+the old guard; announced that he had acted on the requisition of his
+consul, who was alone responsible on "the legal side"; and declined
+accordingly to discuss "whether the lives of British subjects were in
+danger, and to what extent armed intervention was necessary." Pelly
+replied judiciously that he had nothing to do with political matters,
+being only responsible for the safety of Her Majesty's ships under his
+command and for the lives and property of British subjects; that he had
+considered his protest a purely naval one; and as the matter stood could
+only report the case to the admiral on the station. "I have the honour,"
+replied Fritze, "to refuse to entertain the protest concerning the safety
+of Her Britannic Majesty's ship _Lizard_ as being a naval matter. The
+safety of Her Majesty's ship _Lizard_ was never in the least endangered.
+This was guaranteed by the disciplined fire of a few shots under the
+direction of two officers." This offensive note, in view of Fritze's
+careful and honest bearing among so many other complications, may be
+attributed to some misunderstanding. His small knowledge of English
+perhaps failed him. But I cannot pass it by without remarking how far
+too much it is the custom of German officials to fall into this style. It
+may be witty, I am sure it is not wise. It may be sometimes necessary to
+offend for a definite object, it can never be diplomatic to offend
+gratuitously.
+
+Becker was more explicit, although scarce less curt. And his defence may
+be divided into two statements: first, that the _taumualua_ was
+proceeding to land with a hostile purpose on Mulinuu; second, that the
+shots complained of were fired by the Samoans. The second may be
+dismissed with a laugh. Human nature has laws. And no men hitherto
+discovered, on being suddenly challenged from the sea, would have turned
+their backs upon the challenger and poured volleys on the friendly shore.
+The first is not extremely credible, but merits examination. The story
+of the recovered gun seems straightforward; it is supported by much
+testimony, the diving operations on the reef seem to have been watched
+from shore with curiosity; it is hard to suppose that it does not roughly
+represent the fact. And yet if any part of it be true, the whole of
+Becker's explanation falls to the ground. A boat which had skirted the
+whole eastern coast of Mulinuu, and was already opposite a wharf in
+Matafele, and still going west, might have been guilty on a thousand
+points--there was one on which she was necessarily innocent; she was
+necessarily innocent of proceeding on Mulinuu. Or suppose the diving
+operations, and the native testimony, and Pelly's chart of the boat's
+course, and the boat itself, to be all stages of some epidemic
+hallucination or steps in a conspiracy--suppose even a second _taumualua_
+to have entered Apia bay after nightfall, and to have been fired upon
+from Grevsmuhl's wharf in the full career of hostilities against
+Mulinuu--suppose all this, and Becker is not helped. At the time of the
+first fire, the boat was off Grevsmuhl's wharf. At the time of the
+second (and that is the one complained of) she was off Carruthers's wharf
+in Matautu. Was she still proceeding on Mulinuu? I trow not. The
+danger to German property was no longer imminent, the shots had been
+fired upon a very trifling provocation, the spirit implied was that of
+designed disregard to the neutrality. Such was the impression here on
+the spot; such in plain terms the statement of Count Hatzfeldt to Lord
+Salisbury at home: that the neutrality of Apia was only "to prevent the
+natives from fighting," not the Germans; and that whatever Becker might
+have promised at the conference, he could not "restrict German
+war-vessels in their freedom of action."
+
+There was nothing to surprise in this discovery; and had events been
+guided at the same time with a steady and discreet hand, it might have
+passed with less observation. But the policy of Becker was felt to be
+not only reckless, it was felt to be absurd also. Sudden nocturnal
+onfalls upon native boats could lead, it was felt, to no good end whether
+of peace or war; they could but exasperate; they might prove, in a
+moment, and when least expected, ruinous. To those who knew how nearly
+it had come to fighting, and who considered the probable result, the
+future looked ominous. And fear was mingled with annoyance in the minds
+of the Anglo-Saxon colony. On the 24th, a public meeting appealed to the
+British and American consuls. At half-past seven in the evening guards
+were landed at the consulates. On the morrow they were each fortified
+with sand-bags; and the subjects informed by proclamation that these
+asylums stood open to them on any alarm, and at any hour of the day or
+night. The social bond in Apia was dissolved. The consuls, like barons
+of old, dwelt each in his armed citadel. The rank and file of the white
+nationalities dared each other, and sometimes fell to on the street like
+rival clansmen. And the little town, not by any fault of the
+inhabitants, rather by the act of Becker, had fallen back in civilisation
+about a thousand years.
+
+There falls one more incident to be narrated, and then I can close with
+this ungracious chapter. I have mentioned the name of the new English
+consul. It is already familiar to English readers; for the gentleman who
+was fated to undergo some strange experiences in Apia was the same de
+Coetlogon who covered Hicks's flank at the time of the disaster in the
+desert, and bade farewell to Gordon in Khartoum before the investment.
+The colonel was abrupt and testy; Mrs. de Coetlogon was too exclusive for
+society like that of Apia; but whatever their superficial disabilities,
+it is strange they should have left, in such an odour of unpopularity, a
+place where they set so shining an example of the sterling virtues. The
+colonel was perhaps no diplomatist; he was certainly no lawyer; but he
+discharged the duties of his office with the constancy and courage of an
+old soldier, and these were found sufficient. He and his wife had no
+ambition to be the leaders of society; the consulate was in their time no
+house of feasting; but they made of it that house of mourning to which
+the preacher tells us it is better we should go. At an early date after
+the battle of Matautu, it was opened as a hospital for the wounded. The
+English and Americans subscribed what was required for its support. Pelly
+of the _Lizard_ strained every nerve to help, and set up tents on the
+lawn to be a shelter for the patients. The doctors of the English and
+American ships, and in particular Dr. Oakley of the _Lizard_, showed
+themselves indefatigable. But it was on the de Coetlogons that the
+distress fell. For nearly half a year, their lawn, their verandah,
+sometimes their rooms, were cumbered with the sick and dying, their ears
+were filled with the complaints of suffering humanity, their time was too
+short for the multiplicity of pitiful duties. In Mrs. de Coetlogon, and
+her helper, Miss Taylor, the merit of this endurance was perhaps to be
+looked for; in a man of the colonel's temper, himself painfully
+suffering, it was viewed with more surprise, if with no more admiration.
+Doubtless all had their reward in a sense of duty done; doubtless, also,
+as the days passed, in the spectacle of many traits of gratitude and
+patience, and in the success that waited on their efforts. Out of a
+hundred cases treated, only five died. They were all well-behaved,
+though full of childish wiles. One old gentleman, a high chief, was
+seized with alarming symptoms of belly-ache whenever Mrs. de Coetlogon
+went her rounds at night: he was after brandy. Others were insatiable
+for morphine or opium. A chief woman had her foot amputated under
+chloroform. "Let me see my foot! Why does it not hurt?" she cried. "It
+hurt so badly before I went to sleep." Siteoni, whose name has been
+already mentioned, had his shoulder-blade excised, lay the longest of
+any, perhaps behaved the worst, and was on all these grounds the
+favourite. At times he was furiously irritable, and would rail upon his
+family and rise in bed until he swooned with pain. Once on the balcony
+he was thought to be dying, his family keeping round his mat, his father
+exhorting him to be prepared, when Mrs. de Coetlogon brought him round
+again with brandy and smelling-salts. After discharge, he returned upon
+a visit of gratitude; and it was observed, that instead of coming
+straight to the door, he went and stood long under his umbrella on that
+spot of ground where his mat had been stretched and he had endured pain
+so many months. Similar visits were the rule, I believe without
+exception; and the grateful patients loaded Mrs. de Coetlogon with gifts
+which (had that been possible in Polynesia) she would willingly have
+declined, for they were often of value to the givers.
+
+The tissue of my story is one of rapacity, intrigue, and the triumphs of
+temper; the hospital at the consulate stands out almost alone as an
+episode of human beauty, and I dwell on it with satisfaction. But it was
+not regarded at the time with universal favour; and even to-day its
+institution is thought by many to have been impolitic. It was opened, it
+stood open, for the wounded of either party. As a matter of fact it was
+never used but by the Mataafas, and the Tamaseses were cared for
+exclusively by German doctors. In the progressive decivilisation of the
+town, these duties of humanity became thus a ground of quarrel. When the
+Mataafa hurt were first brought together after the battle of Matautu, and
+some more or less amateur surgeons were dressing wounds on a green by the
+wayside, one from the German consulate went by in the road. "Why don't
+you let the dogs die?" he asked. "Go to hell," was the rejoinder. Such
+were the amenities of Apia. But Becker reserved for himself the extreme
+expression of this spirit. On November 7th hostilities began again
+between the Samoan armies, and an inconclusive skirmish sent a fresh crop
+of wounded to the de Coetlogons. Next door to the consulate, some native
+houses and a chapel (now ruinous) stood on a green. Chapel and houses
+were certainly Samoan, but the ground was under a land-claim of the
+German firm; and de Coetlogon wrote to Becker requesting permission (in
+case it should prove necessary) to use these structures for his wounded.
+Before an answer came, the hospital was startled by the appearance of a
+case of gangrene, and the patient was hastily removed into the chapel. A
+rebel laid on German ground--here was an atrocity! The day before his
+own relief, November 11th, Becker ordered the man's instant removal. By
+his aggressive carriage and singular mixture of violence and cunning, he
+had already largely brought about the fall of Brandeis, and forced into
+an attitude of hostility the whole non-German population of the islands.
+Now, in his last hour of office, by this wanton buffet to his English
+colleague, he prepared a continuance of evil days for his successor. If
+the object of diplomacy be the organisation of failure in the midst of
+hate, he was a great diplomatist. And amongst a certain party on the
+beach he is still named as the ideal consul.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII--THE SAMOAN CAMPS
+
+
+_November_ 1888
+
+When Brandeis and Tamasese fled by night from Mulinuu, they carried their
+wandering government some six miles to windward, to a position above
+Lotoanuu. For some three miles to the eastward of Apia, the shores of
+Upolu are low and the ground rises with a gentle acclivity, much of which
+waves with German plantations. A barrier reef encloses a lagoon passable
+for boats: and the traveller skims there, on smooth, many-tinted
+shallows, between the wall of the breakers on the one hand, and on the
+other a succession of palm-tree capes and cheerful beach-side villages.
+Beyond the great plantation of Vailele, the character of the coast is
+changed. The barrier reef abruptly ceases, the surf beats direct upon
+the shore; and the mountains and untenanted forest of the interior
+descend sheer into the sea. The first mountain promontory is Letongo.
+The bay beyond is called Laulii, and became the headquarters of Mataafa.
+And on the next projection, on steep, intricate ground, veiled in forest
+and cut up by gorges and defiles, Tamasese fortified his lines. This
+greenwood citadel, which proved impregnable by Samoan arms, may be
+regarded as his front; the sea covered his right; and his rear extended
+along the coast as far as Saluafata, and thus commanded and drew upon a
+rich country, including the plain of Falefa.
+
+He was left in peace from 11th October till November 6th. But his
+adversary is not wholly to be blamed for this delay, which depended upon
+island etiquette. His Savaii contingent had not yet come in, and to have
+moved again without waiting for them would have been surely to offend,
+perhaps to lose them. With the month of November they began to arrive:
+on the 2nd twenty boats, on the 3rd twenty-nine, on the 5th seventeen. On
+the 6th the position Mataafa had so long occupied on the skirts of Apia
+was deserted; all that day and night his force kept streaming eastward to
+Laulii; and on the 7th the siege of Lotoanuu was opened with a brisk
+skirmish.
+
+Each side built forts, facing across the gorge of a brook. An endless
+fusillade and shouting maintained the spirit of the warriors; and at
+night, even if the firing slackened, the pickets continued to exchange
+from either side volleys of songs and pungent pleasantries. Nearer
+hostilities were rendered difficult by the nature of the ground, where
+men must thread dense bush and clamber on the face of precipices. Apia
+was near enough; a man, if he had a dollar or two, could walk in before a
+battle and array himself in silk or velvet. Casualties were not common;
+there was nothing to cast gloom upon the camps, and no more danger than
+was required to give a spice to the perpetual firing. For the young
+warriors it was a period of admirable enjoyment. But the anxiety of
+Mataafa must have been great and growing. His force was now
+considerable. It was scarce likely he should ever have more. That he
+should be long able to supply them with ammunition seemed incredible; at
+the rates then or soon after current, hundreds of pounds sterling might
+be easily blown into the air by the skirmishers in the course of a few
+days. And in the meanwhile, on the mountain opposite, his outnumbered
+adversary held his ground unshaken.
+
+By this time the partisanship of the whites was unconcealed. Americans
+supplied Mataafa with ammunition; English and Americans openly subscribed
+together and sent boat-loads of provisions to his camp. One such boat
+started from Apia on a day of rain; it was pulled by six oars, three
+being paid by Moors, three by the MacArthurs; Moors himself and a clerk
+of the MacArthurs' were in charge; and the load included not only beef
+and biscuit, but three or four thousand rounds of ammunition. They came
+ashore in Laulii, and carried the gift to Mataafa. While they were yet
+in his house a bullet passed overhead; and out of his door they could see
+the Tamasese pickets on the opposite hill. Thence they made their way to
+the left flank of the Mataafa position next the sea. A Tamasese
+barricade was visible across the stream. It rained, but the warriors
+crowded in their shanties, squatted in the mud, and maintained an excited
+conversation. Balls flew; either faction, both happy as lords, spotting
+for the other in chance shots, and missing. One point is characteristic
+of that war; experts in native feeling doubt if it will characterise the
+next. The two white visitors passed without and between the lines to a
+rocky point upon the beach. The person of Moors was well known; the
+purpose of their coming to Laulii must have been already bruited abroad;
+yet they were not fired upon. From the point they spied a crow's nest,
+or hanging fortification, higher up; and, judging it was a good position
+for a general view, obtained a guide. He led them up a steep side of the
+mountain, where they must climb by roots and tufts of grass; and coming
+to an open hill-top with some scattered trees, bade them wait, let him
+draw the fire, and then be swift to follow. Perhaps a dozen balls
+whistled about him ere he had crossed the dangerous passage and dropped
+on the farther side into the crow's-nest; the white men, briskly
+following, escaped unhurt. The crow's-nest was built like a bartizan on
+the precipitous front of the position. Across the ravine, perhaps at
+five hundred yards, heads were to be seen popping up and down in a fort
+of Tamesese's. On both sides the same enthusiasm without council, the
+same senseless vigilance, reigned. Some took aim; some blazed before
+them at a venture. Now--when a head showed on the other side--one would
+take a crack at it, remarking that it would never do to "miss a chance."
+Now they would all fire a volley and bob down; a return volley rang
+across the ravine, and was punctually answered: harmless as lawn-tennis.
+The whites expostulated in vain. The warriors, drunken with noise, made
+answer by a fresh general discharge and bade their visitors run while it
+was time. Upon their return to headquarters, men were covering the front
+with sheets of coral limestone, two balls having passed through the house
+in the interval. Mataafa sat within, over his kava bowl, unmoved. The
+picture is of a piece throughout: excellent courage, super-excellent
+folly, a war of school-children; expensive guns and cartridges used like
+squibs or catherine-wheels on Guy Fawkes's Day.
+
+On the 20th Mataafa changed his attack. Tamasese's front was seemingly
+impregnable. Something must be tried upon his rear. There was his bread-
+basket; a small success in that direction would immediately curtail his
+resources; and it might be possible with energy to roll up his line along
+the beach and take the citadel in reverse. The scheme was carried out as
+might be expected from these childish soldiers. Mataafa, always uneasy
+about Apia, clung with a portion of his force to Laulii; and thus, had
+the foe been enterprising, exposed himself to disaster. The expedition
+fell successfully enough on Saluafata and drove out the Tamaseses with a
+loss of four heads; but so far from improving the advantage, yielded
+immediately to the weakness of the Samoan warrior, and ranged farther
+east through unarmed populations, bursting with shouts and blackened
+faces into villages terrified or admiring, making spoil of pigs, burning
+houses, and destroying gardens. The Tamasese had at first evacuated
+several beach towns in succession, and were still in retreat on Lotoanuu;
+finding themselves unpursued, they reoccupied them one after another, and
+re-established their lines to the very borders of Saluafata. Night fell;
+Mataafa had taken Saluafata, Tamasese had lost it; and that was all. But
+the day came near to have a different and very singular issue. The
+village was not long in the hands of the Mataafas, when a schooner,
+flying German colours, put into the bay and was immediately surrounded by
+their boats. It chanced that Brandeis was on board. Word of it had gone
+abroad, and the boats as they approached demanded him with threats. The
+late premier, alone, entirely unarmed, and a prey to natural and painful
+feelings, concealed himself below. The captain of the schooner remained
+on deck, pointed to the German colours, and defied approaching boats.
+Again the prestige of a great Power triumphed; the Samoans fell back
+before the bunting; the schooner worked out of the bay; Brandeis escaped.
+He himself apprehended the worst if he fell into Samoan hands; it is my
+diffident impression that his life would have been safe.
+
+On the 22nd, a new German war-ship, the _Eber_, of tragic memory, came to
+Apia from the Gilberts, where she had been disarming turbulent islands.
+The rest of that day and all night she loaded stores from the firm, and
+on the morrow reached Saluafata bay. Thanks to the misconduct of the
+Mataafas, the most of the foreshore was still in the hands of the
+Tamaseses; and they were thus able to receive from the _Eber_ both the
+stores and weapons. The weapons had been sold long since to Tarawa,
+Apaiang, and Pleasant Island; places unheard of by the general reader,
+where obscure inhabitants paid for these instruments of death in money or
+in labour, misused them as it was known they would be misused, and had
+been disarmed by force. The _Eber_ had brought back the guns to a German
+counter, whence many must have been originally sold; and was here
+engaged, like a shopboy, in their distribution to fresh purchasers. Such
+is the vicious circle of the traffic in weapons of war. Another aid of a
+more metaphysical nature was ministered by the _Eber_ to Tamasese, in the
+shape of uncountable German flags. The full history of this epidemic of
+bunting falls to be told in the next chapter. But the fact has to be
+chronicled here, for I believe it was to these flags that we owe the
+visit of the _Adams_, and my next and best authentic glance into a native
+camp. The _Adams_ arrived in Saluafata on the 26th. On the morrow Leary
+and Moors landed at the village. It was still occupied by Mataafas,
+mostly from Manono and Savaii, few in number, high in spirit. The
+Tamasese pickets were meanwhile within musket range; there was maintained
+a steady sputtering of shots; and yet a party of Tamasese women were here
+on a visit to the women of Manono, with whom they sat talking and
+smoking, under the fire of their own relatives. It was reported that
+Leary took part in a council of war, and promised to join with his
+broadside in the next attack. It is certain he did nothing of the sort:
+equally certain that, in Tamasese circles, he was firmly credited with
+having done so. And this heightens the extraordinary character of what I
+have now to tell. Prudence and delicacy alike ought to have forbid the
+camp of Tamasese to the feet of either Leary or Moors. Moors was the
+original--there was a time when he had been the only--opponent of the
+puppet king. Leary had driven him from the seat of government; it was
+but a week or two since he had threatened to bombard him in his present
+refuge. Both were in close and daily council with his adversary, and it
+was no secret that Moors was supplying the latter with food. They were
+partisans; it lacked but a hair that they should be called belligerents;
+it were idle to try to deny they were the most dangerous of spies. And
+yet these two now sailed across the bay and landed inside the Tamasese
+lines at Salelesi. On the very beach they had another glimpse of the
+artlessness of Samoan war. Hitherto the Tamasese fleet, being hardy and
+unencumbered, had made a fool of the huge floating forts upon the other
+side; and here they were toiling, not to produce another boat on their
+own pattern in which they had always enjoyed the advantage, but to make a
+new one the type of their enemies', of which they had now proved the
+uselessness for months. It came on to rain as the Americans landed; and
+though none offered to oppose their coming ashore, none invited them to
+take shelter. They were nowise abashed, entered a house unbidden, and
+were made welcome with obvious reserve. The rain clearing off, they set
+forth westward, deeper into the heart of the enemies' position. Three or
+four young men ran some way before them, doubtless to give warning; and
+Leary, with his indomitable taste for mischief, kept inquiring as he went
+after "the high chief" Tamasese. The line of the beach was one
+continuous breastwork; some thirty odd iron cannon of all sizes and
+patterns stood mounted in embrasures; plenty grape and canister lay
+ready; and at every hundred yards or so the German flag was flying. The
+numbers of the guns and flags I give as I received them, though they test
+my faith. At the house of Brandeis--a little, weatherboard house,
+crammed at the time with natives, men, women, and squalling
+children--Leary and Moors again asked for "the high chief," and, were
+again assured that he was farther on. A little beyond, the road ran in
+one place somewhat inland, the two Americans had gone down to the line of
+the beach to continue their inspection of the breastwork, when Brandeis
+himself, in his shirt-sleeves and accompanied by several German officers,
+passed them by the line of the road. The two parties saluted in silence.
+Beyond Eva Point there was an observable change for the worse in the
+reception of the Americans; some whom they met began to mutter at Moors;
+and the adventurers, with tardy but commendable prudence, desisted from
+their search after the high chief, and began to retrace their steps. On
+the return, Suatele and some chiefs were drinking kava in a "big house,"
+and called them in to join--their only invitation. But the night was
+closing, the rain had begun again: they stayed but for civility, and
+returned on board the _Adams_, wet and hungry, and I believe delighted
+with their expedition. It was perhaps the last as it was certainly one
+of the most extreme examples of that divinity which once hedged the white
+in Samoa. The feeling was already different in the camp of Mataafa,
+where the safety of a German loiterer had been a matter of extreme
+concern. Ten days later, three commissioners, an Englishman, an
+American, and a German, approached a post of Mataafas, were challenged by
+an old man with a gun, and mentioned in answer what they were. "_Ifea
+Siamani_? Which is the German?" cried the old gentleman, dancing, and
+with his finger on the trigger; and the commissioners stood somewhile in
+a very anxious posture, till they were released by the opportune arrival
+of a chief. It was November the 27th when Leary and Moors completed
+their absurd excursion; in about three weeks an event was to befall which
+changed at once, and probably for ever, the relations of the natives and
+the whites.
+
+By the 28th Tamasese had collected seventeen hundred men in the trenches
+before Saluafata, thinking to attack next day. But the Mataafas
+evacuated the place in the night. At half-past five on the morning of
+the 29th a signal-gun was fired in the trenches at Laulii, and the
+Tamasese citadel was assaulted and defended with a fury new among
+Samoans. When the battle ended on the following day, one or more
+outworks remained in the possession of Mataafa. Another had been taken
+and lost as many as four times. Carried originally by a mixed force from
+Savaii and Tuamasanga, the victors, instead of completing fresh defences
+or pursuing their advantage, fell to eat and smoke and celebrate their
+victory with impromptu songs. In this humour a rally of the Tamaseses
+smote them, drove them out pell-mell, and tumbled them into the ravine,
+where many broke their heads and legs. Again the work was taken, again
+lost. Ammunition failed the belligerents; and they fought hand to hand
+in the contested fort with axes, clubs, and clubbed rifles. The
+sustained ardour of the engagement surprised even those who were engaged;
+and the butcher's bill was counted extraordinary by Samoans. On December
+1st the women of either side collected the headless bodies of the dead,
+each easily identified by the name tattooed on his forearm. Mataafa is
+thought to have lost sixty killed; and the de Coetlogons' hospital
+received three women and forty men. The casualties on the Tamasese side
+cannot be accepted, but they were presumably much less.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII--AFFAIRS OF LAULII AND FANGALII
+
+
+_November-December_ 1888
+
+For Becker I have not been able to conceal my distaste, for he seems to
+me both false and foolish. But of his successor, the unfortunately
+famous Dr. Knappe, we may think as of a good enough fellow driven
+distraught. Fond of Samoa and the Samoans, he thought to bring peace and
+enjoy popularity among the islanders; of a genial, amiable, and sanguine
+temper, he made no doubt but he could repair the breach with the English
+consul. Hope told a flattering tale. He awoke to find himself
+exchanging defiances with de Coetlogon, beaten in the field by Mataafa,
+surrounded on the spot by general exasperation, and disowned from home by
+his own government. The history of his administration leaves on the mind
+of the student a sentiment of pity scarcely mingled.
+
+On Blacklock he did not call, and, in view of Leary's attitude, may be
+excused. But the English consul was in a different category. England,
+weary of the name of Samoa, and desirous only to see peace established,
+was prepared to wink hard during the process and to welcome the result of
+any German settlement. It was an unpardonable fault in Becker to have
+kicked and buffeted his ready-made allies into a state of jealousy,
+anger, and suspicion. Knappe set himself at once to efface these
+impressions, and the English officials rejoiced for the moment in the
+change. Between Knappe and de Coetlogon there seems to have been mutual
+sympathy; and, in considering the steps by which they were led at last
+into an attitude of mutual defiance, it must be remembered that both the
+men were sick,--Knappe from time to time prostrated with that formidable
+complaint, New Guinea fever, and de Coetlogon throughout his whole stay
+in the islands continually ailing.
+
+Tamasese was still to be recognised, and, if possible, supported: such
+was the German policy. Two days after his arrival, accordingly, Knappe
+addressed to Mataafa a threatening despatch. The German plantation was
+suffering from the proximity of his "war-party." He must withdraw from
+Laulii at once, and, whithersoever he went, he must approach no German
+property nor so much as any village where there was a German trader. By
+five o'clock on the morrow, if he were not gone, Knappe would turn upon
+him "the attention of the man-of-war" and inflict a fine. The same
+evening, November 14th, Knappe went on board the _Adler_, which began to
+get up steam.
+
+Three months before, such direct intervention on the part of Germany
+would have passed almost without protest; but the hour was now gone by.
+Becker's conduct, equally timid and rash, equally inconclusive and
+offensive, had forced the other nations into a strong feeling of common
+interest with Mataafa. Even had the German demands been moderate, de
+Coetlogon could not have forgotten the night of the _taumualua_, nor how
+Mataafa had relinquished, at his request, the attack upon the German
+quarter. Blacklock, with his driver of a captain at his elbow, was not
+likely to lag behind. And Mataafa having communicated Knappe's letter,
+the example of the Germans was on all hands exactly followed; the consuls
+hastened on board their respective war-ships, and these began to get up
+steam. About midnight, in a pouring rain, Pelly communicated to Fritze
+his intention to follow him and protect British interests; and Knappe
+replied that he would come on board the _Lizard_ and see de Coetlogon
+personally. It was deep in the small hours, and de Coetlogon had been
+long asleep, when he was wakened to receive his colleague; but he started
+up with an old soldier's readiness. The conference was long. De
+Coetlogon protested, as he did afterwards in writing, against Knappe's
+claim: the Samoans were in a state of war; they had territorial rights;
+it was monstrous to prevent them from entering one of their own villages
+because a German trader kept the store; and in case property suffered, a
+claim for compensation was the proper remedy. Knappe argued that this
+was a question between Germans and Samoans, in which de Coetlogon had
+nothing to see; and that he must protect German property according to his
+instructions. To which de Coetlogon replied that he was himself in the
+same attitude to the property of the British; that he understood Knappe
+to be intending hostilities against Laulii; that Laulii was mortgaged to
+the MacArthurs; that its crops were accordingly British property; and
+that, while he was ever willing to recognise the territorial rights of
+the Samoans, he must prevent that property from being molested "by any
+other nation." "But if a German man-of-war does it?" asked Knappe.--"We
+shall prevent it to the best of our ability," replied the colonel. It is
+to the credit of both men that this trying interview should have been
+conducted and concluded without heat; but Knappe must have returned to
+the _Adler_ with darker anticipations.
+
+At sunrise on the morning of the 15th, the three ships, each loaded with
+its consul, put to sea. It is hard to exaggerate the peril of the
+forenoon that followed, as they lay off Laulii. Nobody desired a
+collision, save perhaps the reckless Leary; but peace and war trembled in
+the balance; and when the _Adler_, at one period, lowered her gun ports,
+war appeared to preponderate. It proved, however, to be a last--and
+therefore surely an unwise--extremity. Knappe contented himself with
+visiting the rival kings, and the three ships returned to Apia before
+noon. Beyond a doubt, coming after Knappe's decisive letter of the day
+before, this impotent conclusion shook the credit of Germany among the
+natives of both sides; the Tamaseses fearing they were deserted, the
+Mataafas (with secret delight) hoping they were feared. And it gave an
+impetus to that ridiculous business which might have earned for the whole
+episode the name of the war of flags. British and American flags had
+been planted the night before, and were seen that morning flying over
+what they claimed about Laulii. British and American passengers, on the
+way up and down, pointed out from the decks of the war-ships, with
+generous vagueness, the boundaries of problematical estates. Ten days
+later, the beach of Saluafata bay fluttered (as I have told in the last
+chapter) with the flag of Germany. The Americans riposted with a claim
+to Tamasese's camp, some small part of which (says Knappe) did really
+belong to "an American nigger." The disease spread, the flags were
+multiplied, the operations of war became an egg-dance among miniature
+neutral territories; and though all men took a hand in these proceedings,
+all men in turn were struck with their absurdity. Mullan, Leary's
+successor, warned Knappe, in an emphatic despatch, not to squander and
+discredit the solemnity of that emblem which was all he had to be a
+defence to his own consulate. And Knappe himself, in his despatch of
+March 21st, 1889, castigates the practice with much sense. But this was
+after the tragicomic culmination had been reached, and the burnt rags of
+one of these too-frequently mendacious signals gone on a progress to
+Washington, like Caesar's body, arousing indignation where it came. To
+such results are nations conducted by the patent artifices of a Becker.
+
+The discussion of the morning, the silent menace and defiance of the
+voyage to Laulii, might have set the best-natured by the ears. But
+Knappe and de Coetlogon took their difference in excellent part. On the
+morrow, November 16th, they sat down together with Blacklock in
+conference. The English consul introduced his colleagues, who shook
+hands. If Knappe were dead-weighted with the inheritance of Becker,
+Blacklock was handicapped by reminiscences of Leary; it is the more to
+the credit of this inexperienced man that he should have maintained in
+the future so excellent an attitude of firmness and moderation, and that
+when the crash came, Knappe and de Coetlogon, not Knappe and Blacklock,
+were found to be the protagonists of the drama. The conference was
+futile. The English and American consuls admitted but one cure of the
+evils of the time: that the farce of the Tamasese monarchy should cease.
+It was one which the German refused to consider. And the agents
+separated without reaching any result, save that diplomatic relations had
+been restored between the States and Germany, and that all three were
+convinced of their fundamental differences.
+
+Knappe and de Coetlogon were still friends; they had disputed and
+differed and come within a finger's breadth of war, and they were still
+friends. But an event was at hand which was to separate them for ever.
+On December 4th came the _Royalist_, Captain Hand, to relieve the
+_Lizard_. Pelly of course had to take his canvas from the consulate
+hospital; but he had in charge certain awnings belonging to the
+_Royalist_, and with these they made shift to cover the wounded, at that
+time (after the fight at Laulii) more than usually numerous. A
+lieutenant came to the consulate, and delivered (as I have received it)
+the following message: "Captain Hand's compliments, and he says you must
+get rid of these niggers at once, and he will help you to do it."
+Doubtless the reply was no more civil than the message. The promised
+"help," at least, followed promptly. A boat's crew landed and the
+awnings were stripped from the wounded, Hand himself standing on the
+colonel's verandah to direct operations. It were fruitless to discuss
+this passage from the humanitarian point of view, or from that of formal
+courtesy. The mind of the new captain was plainly not directed to these
+objects. But it is understood that he considered the existence of a
+hospital a source of irritation to Germans and a fault in policy. His
+own rude act proved in the result far more impolitic. The hospital had
+now been open some two months, and de Coetlogon was still on friendly
+terms with Knappe, and he and his wife were engaged to dine with him that
+day. By the morrow that was practically ended. For the rape of the
+awnings had two results: one, which was the fault of de Coetlogon, not at
+all of Hand, who could not have foreseen it; the other which it was his
+duty to have seen and prevented. The first was this: the de Coetlogons
+found themselves left with their wounded exposed to the inclemencies of
+the season; they must all be transported into the house and verandah; in
+the distress and pressure of this task, the dinner engagement was too
+long forgotten; and a note of excuse did not reach the German consulate
+before the table was set, and Knappe dressed to receive his visitors. The
+second consequence was inevitable. Captain Hand was scarce landed ere it
+became public (was "_sofort bekannt_," writes Knappe) that he and the
+consul were in opposition. All that had been gained by the demonstration
+at Laulii was thus immediately cast away; de Coetlogon's prestige was
+lessened; and it must be said plainly that Hand did less than nothing to
+restore it. Twice indeed he interfered, both times with success; and
+once, when his own person had been endangered, with vehemence; but during
+all the strange doings I have to narrate, he remained in close intimacy
+with the German consulate, and on one occasion may be said to have acted
+as its marshal. After the worst is over, after Bismarck has told Knappe
+that "the protests of his English colleague were grounded," that his own
+conduct "has not been good," and that in any dispute which may arise he
+"will find himself in the wrong," Knappe can still plead in his defence
+that Captain Hand "has always maintained friendly intercourse with the
+German authorities." Singular epitaph for an English sailor. In this
+complicity on the part of Hand we may find the reason--and I had almost
+said, the excuse--of much that was excessive in the bearing of the
+unfortunate Knappe.
+
+On the 11th December, Mataafa received twenty-eight thousand cartridges,
+brought into the country in salt-beef kegs by the British ship
+_Richmond_. This not only sharpened the animosity between whites;
+following so closely on the German fizzle at Laulii, it raised a
+convulsion in the camp of Tamasese. On the 13th Brandeis addressed to
+Knappe his famous and fatal letter. I may not describe it as a letter of
+burning words, but it is plainly dictated by a burning heart. Tamasese
+and his chiefs, he announces, are now sick of the business, and ready to
+make peace with Mataafa. They began the war relying upon German help;
+they now see and say that "_e faaalo Siamani i Peritania ma America_,
+that Germany is subservient to England and the States." It is grimly
+given to be understood that the despatch is an ultimatum, and a last
+chance is being offered for the recreant ally to fulfil her pledge. To
+make it more plain, the document goes on with a kind of bilious irony:
+"The two German war-ships now in Samoa are here for the protection of
+German property alone; and when the _Olga_ shall have arrived" [she
+arrived on the morrow] "the German war-ships will continue to do against
+the insurgents precisely as little as they have done heretofore." Plant
+flags, in fact.
+
+Here was Knappe's opportunity, could he have stooped to seize it. I find
+it difficult to blame him that he could not. Far from being so
+inglorious as the treachery once contemplated by Becker, the acceptance
+of this ultimatum would have been still in the nature of a disgrace.
+Brandeis's letter, written by a German, was hard to swallow. It would
+have been hard to accept that solution which Knappe had so recently and
+so peremptorily refused to his brother consuls. And he was tempted, on
+the other hand, by recent changes. There was no Pelly to support de
+Coetlogon, who might now be disregarded. Mullan, Leary's successor, even
+if he were not precisely a Hand, was at least no Leary; and even if
+Mullan should show fight, Knappe had now three ships and could defy or
+sink him without danger. Many small circumstances moved him in the same
+direction. The looting of German plantations continued; the whole force
+of Mataafa was to a large extent subsisted from the crops of Vailele; and
+armed men were to be seen openly plundering bananas, breadfruit, and
+cocoa-nuts under the walls of the plantation building. On the night of
+the 13th the consulate stable had been broken into and a horse removed.
+On the 16th there was a riot in Apia between half-castes and sailors from
+the new ship _Olga_, each side claiming that the other was the worse of
+drink, both (for a wager) justly. The multiplication of flags and little
+neutral territories had, besides, begun to irritate the Samoans. The
+protests of German settlers had been received uncivilly. On the 16th the
+Mataafas had again sought to land in Saluafata bay, with the manifest
+intention to attack the Tamaseses, or (in other words) "to trespass on
+German lands, covered, as your Excellency knows, with flags." I quote
+from his requisition to Fritze, December 17th. Upon all these
+considerations, he goes on, it is necessary to bring the fighting to an
+end. Both parties are to be disarmed and returned to their
+villages--Mataafa first. And in case of any attempt upon Apia, the roads
+thither are to be held by a strong landing-party. Mataafa was to be
+disarmed first, perhaps rightly enough in his character of the last
+insurgent. Then was to have come the turn of Tamasese; but it does not
+appear the disarming would have had the same import or have been gone
+about in the same way. Germany was bound to Tamasese. No honest man
+would dream of blaming Knappe because he sought to redeem his country's
+word. The path he chose was doubtless that of honour, so far as honour
+was still left. But it proved to be the road to ruin.
+
+Fritze, ranking German officer, is understood to have opposed the
+measure. His attitude earned him at the time unpopularity among his
+country-people on the spot, and should now redound to his credit. It is
+to be hoped he extended his opposition to some of the details. If it
+were possible to disarm Mataafa at all, it must be done rather by
+prestige than force. A party of blue-jackets landed in Samoan bush, and
+expected to hold against Samoans a multiplicity of forest paths, had
+their work cut out for them. And it was plain they should be landed in
+the light of day, with a discouraging openness, and even with parade. To
+sneak ashore by night was to increase the danger of resistance and to
+minimise the authority of the attack. The thing was a bluff, and it is
+impossible to bluff with stealth. Yet this was what was tried. A
+landing-party was to leave the _Olga_ in Apia bay at two in the morning;
+the landing was to be at four on two parts of the foreshore of Vailele.
+At eight they were to be joined by a second landing-party from the
+_Eber_. By nine the Olgas were to be on the crest of Letongo Mountain,
+and the Ebers to be moving round the promontory by the seaward paths,
+"with measures of precaution," disarming all whom they encountered. There
+was to be no firing unless fired upon. At the appointed hour (or perhaps
+later) on the morning of the 19th, this unpromising business was put in
+hand, and there moved off from the _Olga_ two boats with some fifty blue-
+jackets between them, and a _praam_ or punt containing ninety,--the boats
+and the whole expedition under the command of Captain-Lieutenant Jaeckel,
+the praam under Lieutenant Spengler. The men had each forty rounds, one
+day's provisions, and their flasks filled.
+
+In the meanwhile, Mataafa sympathisers about Apia were on the alert.
+Knappe had informed the consuls that the ships were to put to sea next
+day for the protection of German property; but the Tamaseses had been
+less discreet. "To-morrow at the hour of seven," they had cried to their
+adversaries, "you will know of a difficulty, and our guns shall be made
+good in broken bones." An accident had pointed expectation towards Apia.
+The wife of Le Mamea washed for the German ships--a perquisite, I
+suppose, for her husband's unwilling fidelity. She sent a man with linen
+on board the _Adler_, where he was surprised to see Le Mamea in person,
+and to be himself ordered instantly on shore. The news spread. If Mamea
+were brought down from Lotoanuu, others might have come at the same time.
+Tamasese himself and half his army might perhaps lie concealed on board
+the German ships. And a watch was accordingly set and warriors collected
+along the line of the shore. One detachment lay in some rifle-pits by
+the mouth of the Fuisa. They were commanded by Seumanu; and with his
+party, probably as the most contiguous to Apia, was the
+war-correspondent, John Klein. Of English birth, but naturalised
+American, this gentleman had been for some time representing the _New
+York World_ in a very effective manner, always in the front, living in
+the field with the Samoans, and in all vicissitudes of weather, toiling
+to and fro with his despatches. His wisdom was perhaps not equal to his
+energy. He made himself conspicuous, going about armed to the teeth in a
+boat under the stars and stripes; and on one occasion, when he supposed
+himself fired upon by the Tamaseses, had the petulance to empty his
+revolver in the direction of their camp. By the light of the moon, which
+was then nearly down, this party observed the _Olga's_ two boats and the
+praam, which they described as "almost sinking with men," the boats
+keeping well out towards the reef, the praam at the moment apparently
+heading for the shore. An extreme agitation seems to have reigned in the
+rifle-pits. What were the newcomers? What was their errand? Were they
+Germans or Tamaseses? Had they a mind to attack? The praam was hailed
+in Samoan and did not answer. It was proposed to fire upon her ere she
+drew near. And at last, whether on his own suggestion or that of
+Seumanu, Klein hailed her in English, and in terms of unnecessary
+melodrama. "Do not try to land here," he cried. "If you do, your blood
+will be upon your head." Spengler, who had never the least intention to
+touch at the Fuisa, put up the head of the praam to her true course and
+continued to move up the lagoon with an offing of some seventy or eighty
+yards. Along all the irregularities and obstructions of the beach,
+across the mouth of the Vaivasa, and through the startled village of
+Matafangatele, Seumanu, Klein, and seven or eight others raced to keep
+up, spreading the alarm and rousing reinforcements as they went.
+Presently a man on horse-back made his appearance on the opposite beach
+of Fangalii. Klein and the natives distinctly saw him signal with a
+lantern; which is the more strange, as the horseman (Captain Hufnagel,
+plantation manager of Vailele) had never a lantern to signal with. The
+praam kept in. Many men in white were seen to stand up, step overboard,
+and wade to shore. At the same time the eye of panic descried a
+breastwork of "foreign stone" (brick) upon the beach. Samoans are
+prepared to-day to swear to its existence, I believe conscientiously,
+although no such thing was ever made or ever intended in that place. The
+hour is doubtful. "It was the hour when the streak of dawn is seen, the
+hour known in the warfare of heathen times as the hour of the night
+attack," says the Mataafa official account. A native whom I met on the
+field declared it was at cock-crow. Captain Hufnagel, on the other hand,
+is sure it was long before the day. It was dark at least, and the moon
+down. Darkness made the Samoans bold; uncertainty as to the composition
+and purpose of the landing-party made them desperate. Fire was opened on
+the Germans, one of whom was here killed. The Germans returned it, and
+effected a lodgment on the beach; and the skirmish died again to silence.
+It was at this time, if not earlier, that Klein returned to Apia.
+
+Here, then, were Spengler and the ninety men of the praam, landed on the
+beach in no very enviable posture, the woods in front filled with
+unnumbered enemies, but for the time successful. Meanwhile, Jaeckel and
+the boats had gone outside the reef, and were to land on the other side
+of the Vailele promontory, at Sunga, by the buildings of the plantation.
+It was Hufnagel's part to go and meet them. His way led straight into
+the woods and through the midst of the Samoans, who had but now ceased
+firing. He went in the saddle and at a foot's pace, feeling speed and
+concealment to be equally helpless, and that if he were to fall at all,
+he had best fall with dignity. Not a shot was fired at him; no effort
+made to arrest him on his errand. As he went, he spoke and even jested
+with the Samoans, and they answered in good part. One fellow was
+leaping, yelling, and tossing his axe in the air, after the way of an
+excited islander. "_Faimalosi_! go it!" said Hufnagel, and the fellow
+laughed and redoubled his exertions. As soon as the boats entered the
+lagoon, fire was again opened from the woods. The fifty blue-jackets
+jumped overboard, hove down the boats to be a shield, and dragged them
+towards the landing-place. In this way, their rations, and (what was
+more unfortunate) some of their miserable provision of forty rounds got
+wetted; but the men came to shore and garrisoned the plantation house
+without a casualty. Meanwhile the sound of the firing from Sunga
+immediately renewed the hostilities at Fangalii. The civilians on shore
+decided that Spengler must be at once guided to the house, and Haideln,
+the surveyor, accepted the dangerous errand. Like Hufnagel, he was
+suffered to pass without question through the midst of these platonic
+enemies. He found Spengler some way inland on a knoll, disastrously
+engaged, the woods around him filled with Samoans, who were continuously
+reinforced. In three successive charges, cheering as they ran, the blue-
+jackets burst through their scattered opponents, and made good their
+junction with Jaeckel. Four men only remained upon the field, the other
+wounded being helped by their comrades or dragging themselves painfully
+along.
+
+The force was now concentrated in the house and its immediate patch of
+garden. Their rear, to the seaward, was unmolested; but on three sides
+they were beleaguered. On the left, the Samoans occupied and fired from
+some of the plantation offices. In front, a long rising crest of land in
+the horse-pasture commanded the house, and was lined with the assailants.
+And on the right, the hedge of the same paddock afforded them a dangerous
+cover. It was in this place that a Samoan sharpshooter was knocked over
+by Jaeckel with his own hand. The fire was maintained by the Samoans in
+the usual wasteful style. The roof was made a sieve; the balls passed
+clean through the house; Lieutenant Sieger, as he lay, already dying, on
+Hufnagel's bed, was despatched with a fresh wound. The Samoans showed
+themselves extremely enterprising: pushed their lines forward, ventured
+beyond cover, and continually threatened to envelop the garden. Thrice,
+at least, it was necessary to repel them by a sally. The men were
+brought into the house from the rear, the front doors were thrown
+suddenly open, and the gallant blue-jackets issued cheering: necessary,
+successful, but extremely costly sorties. Neither could these be pushed
+far. The foes were undaunted; so soon as the sailors advanced at all
+deep in the horse-pasture, the Samoans began to close in upon both
+flanks; and the sally had to be recalled. To add to the dangers of the
+German situation, ammunition began to run low; and the cartridge-boxes of
+the wounded and the dead had been already brought into use before, at
+about eight o'clock, the _Eber_ steamed into the bay. Her commander,
+Wallis, threw some shells into Letongo, one of which killed five men
+about their cooking-pot. The Samoans began immediately to withdraw;
+their movements were hastened by a sortie, and the remains of the landing-
+party brought on board. This was an unfortunate movement; it gave an
+irremediable air of defeat to what might have been else claimed for a
+moderate success. The blue-jackets numbered a hundred and forty all
+told; they were engaged separately and fought under the worst conditions,
+in the dark and among woods; their position in the house was scarce
+tenable; they lost in killed and wounded fifty-six,--forty per cent.; and
+their spirit to the end was above question. Whether we think of the poor
+sailor lads, always so pleasantly behaved in times of peace, or whether
+we call to mind the behaviour of the two civilians, Haideln and Hufnagel,
+we can only regret that brave men should stand to be exposed upon so poor
+a quarrel, or lives cast away upon an enterprise so hopeless.
+
+News of the affair reached Apia early, and Moors, always curious of these
+spectacles of war, was immediately in the saddle. Near Matafangatele he
+met a Manono chief, whom he asked if there were any German dead. "I
+think there are about thirty of them knocked over," said he. "Have you
+taken their heads?" asked Moors. "Yes," said the chief. "Some foolish
+people did it, but I have stopped them. We ought not to cut off their
+heads when they do not cut off ours." He was asked what had been done
+with the heads. "Two have gone to Mataafa," he replied, "and one is
+buried right under where your horse is standing, in a basket wrapped in
+tapa." This was afterwards dug up, and I am told on native authority
+that, besides the three heads, two ears were taken. Moors next asked the
+Manono man how he came to be going away. "The man-of-war is throwing
+shells," said he. "When they stopped firing out of the house, we stopped
+firing also; so it was as well to scatter when the shells began. We
+could have killed all the white men. I wish they had been Tamaseses."
+This is an _ex parte_ statement, and I give it for such; but the course
+of the affair, and in particular the adventures of Haideln and Hufnagel,
+testify to a surprising lack of animosity against the Germans. About the
+same time or but a little earlier than this conversation, the same spirit
+was being displayed. Hufnagel, with a party of labour, had gone out to
+bring in the German dead, when he was surprised to be suddenly fired on
+from the wood. The boys he had with him were not negritos, but
+Polynesians from the Gilbert Islands; and he suddenly remembered that
+these might be easily mistaken for a detachment of Tamaseses. Bidding
+his boys conceal themselves in a thicket, this brave man walked into the
+open. So soon as he was recognised, the firing ceased, and the labourers
+followed him in safety. This is chivalrous war; but there was a side to
+it less chivalrous. As Moors drew nearer to Vailele, he began to meet
+Samoans with hats, guns, and even shirts, taken from the German sailors.
+With one of these who had a hat and a gun he stopped and spoke. The hat
+was handed up for him to look at; it had the late owner's name on the
+inside. "Where is he?" asked Moors. "He is dead; I cut his head off."
+"You shot him?" "No, somebody else shot him in the hip. When I came, he
+put up his hands, and cried: 'Don't kill me; I am a Malietoa man.' I did
+not believe him, and I cut his head off...... Have you any ammunition to
+fit that gun?" "I do not know." "What has become of the
+cartridge-belt?" "Another fellow grabbed that and the cartridges, and he
+won't give them to me." A dreadful and silly picture of barbaric war.
+The words of the German sailor must be regarded as imaginary: how was the
+poor lad to speak native, or the Samoan to understand German? When Moors
+came as far as Sunga, the _Eber_ was yet in the bay, the smoke of battle
+still lingered among the trees, which were themselves marked with a
+thousand bullet-wounds. But the affair was over, the combatants, German
+and Samoan, were all gone, and only a couple of negrito labour boys
+lurked on the scene. The village of Letongo beyond was equally silent;
+part of it was wrecked by the shells of the _Eber_, and still smoked; the
+inhabitants had fled. On the beach were the native boats, perhaps five
+thousand dollars' worth, deserted by the Mataafas and overlooked by the
+Germans, in their common hurry to escape. Still Moors held eastward by
+the sea-paths. It was his hope to get a view from the other side of the
+promontory, towards Laulii. In the way he found a house hidden in the
+wood and among rocks, where an aged and sick woman was being tended by
+her elderly daughter. Last lingerers in that deserted piece of coast,
+they seemed indifferent to the events which had thus left them solitary,
+and, as the daughter said, did not know where Mataafa was, nor where
+Tamasese.
+
+It is the official Samoan pretension that the Germans fired first at
+Fangalii. In view of all German and some native testimony, the text of
+Fritze's orders, and the probabilities of the case, no honest mind will
+believe it for a moment. Certainly the Samoans fired first. As
+certainly they were betrayed into the engagement in the agitation of the
+moment, and it was not till afterwards that they understood what they had
+done. Then, indeed, all Samoa drew a breath of wonder and delight. The
+invincible had fallen; the men of the vaunted war-ships had been met in
+the field by the braves of Mataafa: a superstition was no more. Conceive
+this people steadily as schoolboys; and conceive the elation in any
+school if the head boy should suddenly arise and drive the rector from
+the schoolhouse. I have received one instance of the feeling instantly
+aroused. There lay at the time in the consular hospital an old chief who
+was a pet of the colonel's. News reached him of the glorious event; he
+was sick, he thought himself sinking, sent for the colonel, and gave him
+his gun. "Don't let the Germans get it," said the old gentleman, and
+having received a promise, was at peace.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX--"FUROR CONSULARIS"
+
+
+_December_ 1888 _to March_ 1889
+
+Knappe, in the _Adler_, with a flag of truce at the fore, was entering
+Laulii Bay when the _Eber_ brought him the news of the night's reverse.
+His heart was doubtless wrung for his young countrymen who had been
+butchered and mutilated in the dark woods, or now lay suffering, and some
+of them dying, on the ship. And he must have been startled as he
+recognised his own position. He had gone too far; he had stumbled into
+war, and, what was worse, into defeat; he had thrown away German lives
+for less than nothing, and now saw himself condemned either to accept
+defeat, or to kick and pummel his failure into something like success;
+either to accept defeat, or take frenzy for a counsellor. Yesterday, in
+cold blood, he had judged it necessary to have the woods to the westward
+guarded lest the evacuation of Laulii should prove only the peril of
+Apia. To-day, in the irritation and alarm of failure, he forgot or
+despised his previous reasoning, and, though his detachment was beat back
+to the ships, proceeded with the remainder of his maimed design. The
+only change he made was to haul down the flag of truce. He had now no
+wish to meet with Mataafa. Words were out of season, shells must speak.
+
+At this moment an incident befell him which must have been trying to his
+self-command. The new American ship _Nipsic_ entered Laulii Bay; her
+commander, Mullan, boarded the _Adler_ to protest, succeeded in wresting
+from Knappe a period of delay in order that the women might be spared,
+and sent a lieutenant to Mataafa with a warning. The camp was already
+excited by the news and the trophies of Fangalii. Already Tamasese and
+Lotoanuu seemed secondary objectives to the Germans and Apia. Mullan's
+message put an end to hesitation. Laulii was evacuated. The troops
+streamed westward by the mountain side, and took up the same day a strong
+position about Tanungamanono and Mangiangi, some two miles behind Apia,
+which they threatened with the one hand, while with the other they
+continued to draw their supplies from the devoted plantations of the
+German firm. Laulii, when it was shelled, was empty. The British flags
+were, of course, fired upon; and I hear that one of them was struck down,
+but I think every one must be privately of the mind that it was fired
+upon and fell, in a place where it had little business to be shown.
+
+Such was the military epilogue to the ill-judged adventure of Fangalii;
+it was difficult for failure to be more complete. But the other
+consequences were of a darker colour and brought the whites immediately
+face to face in a spirit of ill-favoured animosity. Knappe was mourning
+the defeat and death of his country-folk, he was standing aghast over the
+ruin of his own career, when Mullan boarded him. The successor of Leary
+served himself, in that bitter moment, heir to Leary's part. And in
+Mullan, Knappe saw more even than the successor of Leary,--he saw in him
+the representative of Klein. Klein had hailed the praam from the rifle-
+pits; he had there uttered ill-chosen words, unhappily prophetic; it is
+even likely that he was present at the time of the first fire. To accuse
+him of the design and conduct of the whole attack was but a step forward;
+his own vapouring served to corroborate the accusation; and it was not
+long before the German consulate was in possession of sworn native
+testimony in support. The worth of native testimony is small, the worth
+of white testimony not overwhelming; and I am in the painful position of
+not being able to subscribe either to Klein's own account of the affair
+or to that of his accusers. Klein was extremely flurried; his interest
+as a reporter must have tempted him at first to make the most of his
+share in the exploit, the immediate peril in which he soon found himself
+to stand must have at least suggested to him the idea of minimising it;
+one way and another, he is not a good witness. As for the natives, they
+were no doubt cross-examined in that hall of terror, the German
+consulate, where they might be trusted to lie like schoolboys, or (if the
+reader prefer it) like Samoans. By outside white testimony, it remains
+established for me that Klein returned to Apia either before or
+immediately after the first shots. That he ever sought or was ever
+allowed a share in the command may be denied peremptorily; but it is more
+than likely that he expressed himself in an excited manner and with a
+highly inflammatory effect upon his hearers. He was, at least, severely
+punished. The Germans, enraged by his provocative behaviour and what
+they thought to be his German birth, demanded him to be tried before
+court-martial; he had to skulk inside the sentries of the American
+consulate, to be smuggled on board a war-ship, and to be carried almost
+by stealth out of the island; and what with the agitations of his mind,
+and the results of a marsh fever contracted in the lines of Mataafa,
+reached Honolulu a very proper object of commiseration. Nor was Klein
+the only accused: de Coetlogon was himself involved. As the boats passed
+Matautu, Knappe declares a signal was made from the British consulate.
+Perhaps we should rather read "from its neighbourhood"; since, in the
+general warding of the coast, the point of Matautu could scarce have been
+neglected. On the other hand, there is no doubt that the Samoans, in the
+anxiety of that night of watching and fighting, crowded to the friendly
+consul for advice. Late in the night, the wounded Siteoni, lying on the
+colonel's verandah, one corner of which had been blinded down that he
+might sleep, heard the coming and going of bare feet and the voices of
+eager consultation. And long after, a man who had been discharged from
+the colonel's employment took upon himself to swear an affidavit as to
+the nature of the advice then given, and to carry the document to the
+German consul. It was an act of private revenge; it fell long out of
+date in the good days of Dr. Stuebel, and had no result but to discredit
+the gentleman who volunteered it. Colonel de Coetlogon had his faults,
+but they did not touch his honour; his bare word would always outweigh a
+waggon-load of such denunciations; and he declares his behaviour on that
+night to have been blameless. The question was besides inquired into on
+the spot by Sir John Thurston, and the colonel honourably acquitted. But
+during the weeks that were now to follow, Knappe believed the contrary;
+he believed not only that Moors and others had supplied ammunition and
+Klein commanded in the field, but that de Coetlogon had made the signal
+of attack; that though his blue-jackets had bled and fallen against the
+arms of Samoans, these were supplied, inspired, and marshalled by
+Americans and English.
+
+The legend was the more easily believed because it embraced and was
+founded upon so much truth. Germans lay dead, the German wounded groaned
+in their cots; and the cartridges by which they fell had been sold by an
+American and brought into the country in a British bottom. Had the
+transaction been entirely mercenary, it would already have been hard to
+swallow; but it was notoriously not so. British and Americans were
+notoriously the partisans of Mataafa. They rejoiced in the result of
+Fangalii, and so far from seeking to conceal their rejoicing, paraded and
+displayed it. Calumny ran high. Before the dead were buried, while the
+wounded yet lay in pain and fever, cowardly accusations of cowardice were
+levelled at the German blue-jackets. It was said they had broken and run
+before their enemies, and that they had huddled helpless like sheep in
+the plantation house. Small wonder if they had; small wonder had they
+been utterly destroyed. But the fact was heroically otherwise; and these
+dastard calumnies cut to the blood. They are not forgotten; perhaps they
+will never be forgiven.
+
+In the meanwhile, events were pressing towards a still more trenchant
+opposition. On the 20th, the three consuls met and parted without
+agreement, Knappe announcing that he had lost men and must take the
+matter in his own hands to avenge their death. On the 21st the _Olga_
+came before Matafangatele, ordered the delivery of all arms within the
+hour, and at the end of that period, none being brought, shelled and
+burned the village. The shells fell for the most part innocuous; an
+eyewitness saw children at play beside the flaming houses; not a soul was
+injured; and the one noteworthy event was the mutilation of Captain
+Hamilton's American flag. In one sense an incident too small to be
+chronicled, in another this was of historic interest and import. These
+rags of tattered bunting occasioned the display of a new sentiment in the
+United States; and the republic of the West, hitherto so apathetic and
+unwieldy, but already stung by German nonchalance, leaped to its feet for
+the first time at the news of this fresh insult. As though to make the
+inefficiency of the war-ships more apparent, three shells were thrown
+inland at Mangiangi; they flew high over the Mataafa camp, where the
+natives could "hear them singing" as they flew, and fell behind in the
+deep romantic valley of the Vaisingano. Mataafa had been already
+summoned on board the _Adler_; his life promised if he came, declared "in
+danger" if he came not; and he had declined in silence the unattractive
+invitation. These fresh hostile acts showed him that the worst had come.
+He was in strength, his force posted along the whole front of the
+mountain behind Apia, Matautu occupied, the Siumu road lined up to the
+houses of the town with warriors passionate for war. The occasion was
+unique, and there is no doubt that he designed to seize it. The same day
+of this bombardment, he sent word bidding all English and Americans wear
+a black band upon their arm, so that his men should recognise and spare
+them. The hint was taken, and the band worn for a continuance of days.
+To have refused would have been insane; but to consent was unhappily to
+feed the resentment of the Germans by a fresh sign of intelligence with
+their enemies, and to widen the breach between the races by a fresh and a
+scarce pardonable mark of their division. The same day again the Germans
+repeated one of their earlier offences by firing on a boat within the
+harbour. Times were changed; they were now at war and in peril, the
+rigour of military advantage might well be seized by them and pardoned by
+others; but it so chanced that the bullets flew about the ears of Captain
+Hand, and that commander is said to have been insatiable of apologies.
+The affair, besides, had a deplorable effect on the inhabitants. A black
+band (they saw) might protect them from the Mataafas, not from
+undiscriminating shots. Panic ensued. The war-ships were open to
+receive the fugitives, and the gentlemen who had made merry over Fangalii
+were seen to thrust each other from the wharves in their eagerness to
+flee Apia. I willingly drop the curtain on the shameful picture.
+
+Meanwhile, on the German side of the bay, a more manly spirit was
+exhibited in circumstances of alarming weakness. The plantation managers
+and overseers had all retreated to Matafele, only one (I understand)
+remaining at his post. The whole German colony was thus collected in one
+spot, and could count and wonder at its scanty numbers. Knappe declares
+(to my surprise) that the war-ships could not spare him more than fifty
+men a day. The great extension of the German quarter, he goes on, did
+not "allow a full occupation of the outer line"; hence they had shrunk
+into the western end by the firm buildings, and the inhabitants were
+warned to fall back on this position, in the case of an alert. So that
+he who had set forth, a day or so before, to disarm the Mataafas in the
+open field, now found his resources scarce adequate to garrison the
+buildings of the firm. But Knappe seemed unteachable by fate. It is
+probable he thought he had
+
+ "Already waded in so deep,
+ Returning were as tedious as go o'er";
+
+it is certain that he continued, on the scene of his defeat and in the
+midst of his weakness, to bluster and menace like a conqueror. Active
+war, which he lacked the means of attempting, was continually threatened.
+On the 22nd he sought the aid of his brother consuls to maintain the
+neutral territory against Mataafa; and at the same time, as though
+meditating instant deeds of prowess, refused to be bound by it himself.
+This singular proposition was of course refused: Blacklock remarking that
+he had no fear of the natives, if these were let alone; de Coetlogon
+refusing in the circumstances to recognise any neutral territory at all.
+In vain Knappe amended and baited his proposal with the offer of forty-
+eight or ninety-six hours' notice, according as his objective should be
+near or within the boundary of the _Eleele Sa_. It was rejected; and he
+learned that he must accept war with all its consequences--and not that
+which he desired--war with the immunities of peace.
+
+This monstrous exigence illustrates the man's frame of mind. It has been
+still further illuminated in the German white-book by printing alongside
+of his despatches those of the unimpassioned Fritze. On January 8th the
+consulate was destroyed by fire. Knappe says it was the work of
+incendiaries, "without doubt"; Fritze admits that "everything seems to
+show" it was an accident. "Tamasese's people fit to bear arms," writes
+Knappe, "are certainly for the moment equal to Mataafa's," though
+restrained from battle by the lack of ammunition. "As for Tamasese,"
+says Fritze of the same date, "he is now but a phantom--_dient er nur als
+Gespenst_. His party, for practical purposes, is no longer large. They
+pretend ammunition to be lacking, but what they lack most is good-will.
+Captain Brandeis, whose influence is now small, declares they can no
+longer sustain a serious engagement, and is himself in the intention of
+leaving Samoa by the _Lubeck_ of the 5th February." And Knappe, in the
+same despatch, confutes himself and confirms the testimony of his naval
+colleague, by the admission that "the re-establishment of Tamasese's
+government is, under present circumstances, not to be thought of."
+Plainly, then, he was not so much seeking to deceive others, as he was
+himself possessed; and we must regard the whole series of his acts and
+despatches as the agitations of a fever.
+
+The British steamer _Richmond_ returned to Apia, January 15th. On the
+last voyage she had brought the ammunition already so frequently referred
+to; as a matter of fact, she was again bringing contraband of war. It is
+necessary to be explicit upon this, which served as spark to so great a
+flame of scandal. Knappe was justified in interfering; he would have
+been worthy of all condemnation if he had neglected, in his posture of
+semi-investment, a precaution so elementary; and the manner in which he
+set about attempting it was conciliatory and almost timid. He applied to
+Captain Hand, and begged him to accept himself the duty of "controlling"
+the discharge of the _Richmond's_ cargo. Hand was unable to move without
+his consul; and at night an armed boat from the Germans boarded,
+searched, and kept possession of, the suspected ship. The next day, as
+by an after-thought, war and martial law were proclaimed for the Samoan
+Islands, the introduction of contraband of war forbidden, and ships and
+boats declared liable to search. "All support of the rebels will be
+punished by martial law," continued the proclamation, "no matter to what
+nationality the person [_Thater_] may belong."
+
+Hand, it has been seen, declined to act in the matter of the _Richmond_
+without the concurrence of his consul; but I have found no evidence that
+either Hand or Knappe communicated with de Coetlogon, with whom they were
+both at daggers drawn. First the seizure and next the proclamation seem
+to have burst on the English consul from a clear sky; and he wrote on the
+same day, throwing doubt on Knappe's authority to declare war. Knappe
+replied on the 20th that the Imperial German Government had been at war
+as a matter of fact since December 19th, and that it was only for the
+convenience of the subjects of other states that he had been empowered to
+make a formal declaration. "From that moment," he added, "martial law
+prevails in Samoa." De Coetlogon instantly retorted, declining martial
+law for British subjects, and announcing a proclamation in that sense.
+Instantly, again, came that astonishing document, Knappe's rejoinder,
+without pause, without reflection--the pens screeching on the paper, the
+messengers (you would think) running from consulate to consulate: "I have
+had the honour to receive your Excellency's [_Hochwohlgeboren_] agreeable
+communication of to-day. Since, on the ground of received instructions,
+martial law has been declared in Samoa, British subjects as well as
+others fall under its application. I warn you therefore to abstain from
+such a proclamation as you announce in your letter. It will be such a
+piece of business as shall make yourself answerable under martial law.
+Besides, your proclamation will be disregarded." De Coetlogon of course
+issued his proclamation at once, Knappe retorted with another, and night
+closed on the first stage of this insane collision. I hear the German
+consul was on this day prostrated with fever; charity at least must
+suppose him hardly answerable for his language.
+
+Early on the 21st, Mr. Mansfield Gallien, a passing traveller, was seized
+in his berth on board the _Richmond_, and carried, half-dressed, on board
+a German war-ship. His offence was, in the circumstances and after the
+proclamation, substantial. He had gone the day before, in the spirit of
+a tourist to Mataafa's camp, had spoken with the king, and had even
+recommended him an appeal to Sir George Grey. Fritze, I gather, had been
+long uneasy; this arrest on board a British ship fitted the measure.
+Doubtless, as he had written long before, the consul alone was
+responsible "on the legal side"; but the captain began to ask himself,
+"What next?"--telegraphed direct home for instructions, "Is arrest of
+foreigners on foreign vessels legal?"--and was ready, at a word from
+Captain Hand, to discharge his dangerous prisoner. The word in question
+(so the story goes) was not without a kind of wit. "I wish you would set
+that man ashore," Hand is reported to have said, indicating Gallien; "I
+wish you would set that man ashore, to save me the trouble." The same
+day de Coetlogon published a proclamation requesting captains to submit
+to search for contraband of war.
+
+On the 22nd the _Samoa Times and South Sea Advertiser_ was suppressed by
+order of Fritze. I have hitherto refrained from mentioning the single
+paper of our islands, that I might deal with it once for all. It is of
+course a tiny sheet; but I have often had occasion to wonder at the
+ability of its articles, and almost always at the decency of its tone.
+Officials may at times be a little roughly, and at times a little
+captiously, criticised; private persons are habitually respected; and
+there are many papers in England, and still more in the States, even of
+leading organs in chief cities, that might envy, and would do well to
+imitate, the courtesy and discretion of the _Samoa Times_. Yet the
+editor, Cusack, is only an amateur in journalism, and a carpenter by
+trade. His chief fault is one perhaps inevitable in so small a
+place--that he seems a little in the leading of a clique; but his
+interest in the public weal is genuine and generous. One man's meat is
+another man's poison: Anglo-Saxons and Germans have been differently
+brought up. To our galled experience the paper appears moderate; to their
+untried sensations it seems violent. We think a public man fair game; we
+think it a part of his duty, and I am told he finds it a part of his
+reward, to be continually canvassed by the press. For the Germans, on
+the other hand, an official wears a certain sacredness; when he is called
+over the coals, they are shocked, and (if the official be a German) feel
+that Germany itself has been insulted. The _Samoa Times_ had been long a
+mountain of offence. Brandeis had imported from the colonies another
+printer of the name of Jones, to deprive Cusack of the government
+printing. German sailors had come ashore one day, wild with offended
+patriotism, to punish the editor with stripes, and the result was
+delightfully amusing. The champions asked for the English printer. They
+were shown the wrong man, and the blows intended for Cusack had hailed on
+the shoulders of his rival Jones. On the 12th, Cusack had reprinted an
+article from a San Francisco paper; the Germans had complained; and de
+Coetlogon, in a moment of weakness, had fined the editor twenty pounds.
+The judgment was afterwards reversed in Fiji; but even at the time it had
+not satisfied the Germans. And so now, on the third day of martial law,
+the paper was suppressed. Here we have another of these international
+obscurities. To Fritze the step seemed natural and obvious; for Anglo-
+Saxons it was a hand laid upon the altar; and the month was scarce out
+before the voice of Senator Frye announced to his colleagues that free
+speech had been suppressed in Samoa.
+
+Perhaps we must seek some similar explanation for Fritze's short-lived
+code, published and withdrawn the next day, the 23rd. Fritze himself was
+in no humour for extremities. He was much in the position of a
+lieutenant who should perceive his captain urging the ship upon the
+rocks. It is plain he had lost all confidence in his commanding officer
+"upon the legal side"; and we find him writing home with anxious candour.
+He had understood that martial law implied military possession; he was in
+military possession of nothing but his ship, and shrewdly suspected that
+his martial jurisdiction should be confined within the same limits. "As
+a matter of fact," he writes, "we do not occupy the territory, and cannot
+give foreigners the necessary protection, because Mataafa and his people
+can at any moment forcibly interrupt me in my jurisdiction." Yet in the
+eyes of Anglo-Saxons the severity of his code appeared burlesque. I give
+but three of its provisions. The crime of inciting German troops "by any
+means, as, for instance, informing them of proclamations by the enemy,"
+was punishable with death; that of "publishing or secretly distributing
+anything, whether printed or written, bearing on the war," with prison or
+deportation; and that of calling or attending a public meeting, unless
+permitted, with the same. Such were the tender mercies of Knappe,
+lurking in the western end of the German quarter, where Mataafa could "at
+any moment" interrupt his jurisdiction.
+
+On the 22nd (day of the suppression of the _Times_) de Coetlogon wrote to
+inquire if hostilities were intended against Great Britain, which Knappe
+on the same day denied. On the 23rd de Coetlogon sent a complaint of
+hostile acts, such as the armed and forcible entry of the _Richmond_
+before the declaration and arrest of Gallien. In his reply, dated the
+24th, Knappe took occasion to repeat, although now with more
+self-command, his former threat against de Coetlogon. "I am still of the
+opinion," he writes, "that even foreign consuls are liable to the
+application of martial law, if they are guilty of offences against the
+belligerent state." The same day (24th) de Coetlogon complained that
+Fletcher, manager for Messrs. MacArthur, had been summoned by Fritze. In
+answer, Knappe had "the honour to inform your Excellency that since the
+declaration of the state of war, British subjects are liable to martial
+law, and Mr. Fletcher will be arrested if he does not appear." Here,
+then, was the gauntlet thrown down, and de Coetlogon was burning to
+accept it. Fletcher's offence was this. Upon the 22nd a steamer had
+come in from Wellington, specially chartered to bring German despatches
+to Apia. The rumour came along with her from New Zealand that in these
+despatches Knappe would find himself rebuked, and Fletcher was accused of
+having "interested himself in the spreading of this rumour." His arrest
+was actually ordered, when Hand succeeded in persuading him to surrender.
+At the German court, the case was dismissed "_wegen Nichtigkeit_"; and
+the acute stage of these distempers may be said to have ended. Blessed
+are the peacemakers. Hand had perhaps averted a collision. What is more
+certain, he had offered to the world a perfectly original reading of the
+part of British seaman.
+
+Hand may have averted a collision, I say; but I am tempted to believe
+otherwise. I am tempted to believe the threat to arrest Fletcher was the
+last mutter of the declining tempest and a mere sop to Knappe's
+self-respect. I am tempted to believe the rumour in question was
+substantially correct, and the steamer from Wellington had really brought
+the German consul grounds for hesitation, if not orders to retreat. I
+believe the unhappy man to have awakened from a dream, and to have read
+ominous writing on the wall. An enthusiastic popularity surrounded him
+among the Germans. It was natural. Consul and colony had passed through
+an hour of serious peril, and the consul had set the example of undaunted
+courage. He was entertained at dinner. Fritze, who was known to have
+secretly opposed him, was scorned and avoided. But the clerks of the
+German firm were one thing, Prince Bismarck was another; and on a cold
+review of these events, it is not improbable that Knappe may have envied
+the position of his naval colleague. It is certain, at least, that he
+set himself to shuffle and capitulate; and when the blow fell, he was
+able to reply that the martial law business had in the meanwhile come
+right; that the English and American consular courts stood open for
+ordinary cases and that in different conversations with Captain Hand,
+"who has always maintained friendly intercourse with the German
+authorities," it had been repeatedly explained that only the supply of
+weapons and ammunition, or similar aid and support, was to come under
+German martial law. Was it weapons or ammunition that Fletcher had
+supplied? But it is unfair to criticise these wrigglings of an
+unfortunate in a false position.
+
+In a despatch of the 23rd, which has not been printed, Knappe had told
+his story: how he had declared war, subjected foreigners to martial law,
+and been received with a counter-proclamation by the English consul; and
+how (in an interview with Mataafa chiefs at the plantation house of
+Motuotua, of which I cannot find the date) he had demanded the cession of
+arms and of ringleaders for punishment, and proposed to assume the
+government of the islands. On February 12th he received Bismarck's
+answer: "You had no right to take foreigners from the jurisdiction of
+their consuls. The protest of your English colleague is grounded. In
+disputes which may arise from this cause you will find yourself in the
+wrong. The demand formulated by you, as to the assumption of the
+government of Samoa by Germany, lay outside of your instructions and of
+our design. Take it immediately back. If your telegram is here rightly
+understood, I cannot call your conduct good." It must be a hard heart
+that does not sympathise with Knappe in the hour when he received this
+document. Yet it may be said that his troubles were still in the
+beginning. Men had contended against him, and he had not prevailed; he
+was now to be at war with the elements, and find his name identified with
+an immense disaster.
+
+One more date, however, must be given first. It was on February 27th
+that Fritze formally announced martial law to be suspended, and himself
+to have relinquished the control of the police.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X--THE HURRICANE
+
+
+_March_ 1889
+
+The so-called harbour of Apia is formed in part by a recess of the coast-
+line at Matautu, in part by the slim peninsula of Mulinuu, and in part by
+the fresh waters of the Mulivai and Vaisingano. The barrier reef--that
+singular breakwater that makes so much of the circuit of Pacific
+islands--is carried far to sea at Matautu and Mulinuu; inside of these
+two horns it runs sharply landward, and between them it is burst or
+dissolved by the fresh water. The shape of the enclosed anchorage may be
+compared to a high-shouldered jar or bottle with a funnel mouth. Its
+sides are almost everywhere of coral; for the reef not only bounds it to
+seaward and forms the neck and mouth, but skirting about the beach, it
+forms the bottom also. As in the bottle of commerce, the bottom is re-
+entrant, and the shore-reef runs prominently forth into the basin and
+makes a dangerous cape opposite the fairway of the entrance. Danger is,
+therefore, on all hands. The entrance gapes three cables wide at the
+narrowest, and the formidable surf of the Pacific thunders both outside
+and in. There are days when speech is difficult in the chambers of shore-
+side houses; days when no boat can land, and when men are broken by
+stroke of sea against the wharves. As I write these words, three miles
+in the mountains, and with the land-breeze still blowing from the island
+summit, the sound of that vexed harbour hums in my ears. Such a creek in
+my native coast of Scotland would scarce be dignified with the mark of an
+anchor in the chart; but in the favoured climate of Samoa, and with the
+mechanical regularity of the winds in the Pacific, it forms, for ten or
+eleven months out of the twelve, a safe if hardly a commodious port. The
+ill-found island traders ride there with their insufficient moorings the
+year through, and discharge, and are loaded, without apprehension. Of
+danger, when it comes, the glass gives timely warning; and that any
+modern war-ship, furnished with the power of steam, should have been lost
+in Apia, belongs not so much to nautical as to political history.
+
+The weather throughout all that winter (the turbulent summer of the
+islands) was unusually fine, and the circumstance had been commented on
+as providential, when so many Samoans were lying on their weapons in the
+bush. By February it began to break in occasional gales. On February
+10th a German brigantine was driven ashore. On the 14th the same
+misfortune befell an American brigantine and a schooner. On both these
+days, and again on the 7th March, the men-of-war must steam to their
+anchors. And it was in this last month, the most dangerous of the
+twelve, that man's animosities crowded that indentation of the reef with
+costly, populous, and vulnerable ships.
+
+I have shown, perhaps already at too great a length, how violently
+passion ran upon the spot; how high this series of blunders and mishaps
+had heated the resentment of the Germans against all other nationalities
+and of all other nationalities against the Germans. But there was one
+country beyond the borders of Samoa where the question had aroused a
+scarce less angry sentiment. The breach of the Washington Congress, the
+evidence of Sewall before a sub-committee on foreign relations, the
+proposal to try Klein before a military court, and the rags of Captain
+Hamilton's flag, had combined to stir the people of the States to an
+unwonted fervour. Germany was for the time the abhorred of nations.
+Germans in America publicly disowned the country of their birth. In
+Honolulu, so near the scene of action, German and American young men fell
+to blows in the street. In the same city, from no traceable source, and
+upon no possible authority, there arose a rumour of tragic news to arrive
+by the next occasion, that the _Nipsic_ had opened fire on the _Adler_,
+and the _Adler_ had sunk her on the first reply. Punctually on the day
+appointed, the news came; and the two nations, instead of being plunged
+into war, could only mingle tears over the loss of heroes.
+
+By the second week in March three American ships were in Apia bay,--the
+_Nipsic_, the _Vandalia_, and the _Trenton_, carrying the flag of Rear-
+Admiral Kimberley; three German,--the _Adler_, the _Eber_, and the
+_Olga_; and one British,--the _Calliope_, Captain Kane. Six merchant-
+men, ranging from twenty-five up to five hundred tons, and a number of
+small craft, further encumbered the anchorage. Its capacity is estimated
+by Captain Kane at four large ships; and the latest arrivals, the
+_Vandalia_ and _Trenton_, were in consequence excluded, and lay without
+in the passage. Of the seven war-ships, the seaworthiness of two was
+questionable: the _Trenton's_, from an original defect in her
+construction, often reported, never remedied--her hawse-pipes leading in
+on the berth-deck; the _Eber's_, from an injury to her screw in the blow
+of February 14th. In this overcrowding of ships in an open entry of the
+reef, even the eye of the landsman could spy danger; and
+Captain-Lieutenant Wallis of the _Eber_ openly blamed and lamented, not
+many hours before the catastrophe, their helpless posture. Temper once
+more triumphed. The army of Mataafa still hung imminent behind the town;
+the German quarter was still daily garrisoned with fifty sailors from the
+squadron; what was yet more influential, Germany and the States, at least
+in Apia bay, were on the brink of war, viewed each other with looks of
+hatred, and scarce observed the letter of civility. On the day of the
+admiral's arrival, Knappe failed to call on him, and on the morrow called
+on him while he was on shore. The slight was remarked and resented, and
+the two squadrons clung more obstinately to their dangerous station.
+
+On the 15th the barometer fell to 29.11 in. by 2 P.M. This was the
+moment when every sail in port should have escaped. Kimberley, who flew
+the only broad pennant, should certainly have led the way: he clung,
+instead, to his moorings, and the Germans doggedly followed his example:
+semi-belligerents, daring each other and the violence of heaven. Kane,
+less immediately involved, was led in error by the report of residents
+and a fallacious rise in the glass; he stayed with the others, a
+misjudgment that was like to cost him dear. All were moored, as is the
+custom in Apia, with two anchors practically east and west, clear hawse
+to the north, and a kedge astern. Topmasts were struck, and the ships
+made snug. The night closed black, with sheets of rain. By midnight it
+blew a gale; and by the morning watch, a tempest. Through what remained
+of darkness, the captains impatiently expected day, doubtful if they were
+dragging, steaming gingerly to their moorings, and afraid to steam too
+much.
+
+Day came about six, and presented to those on shore a seizing and
+terrific spectacle. In the pressure of the squalls the bay was obscured
+as if by midnight, but between them a great part of it was clearly if
+darkly visible amid driving mist and rain. The wind blew into the
+harbour mouth. Naval authorities describe it as of hurricane force. It
+had, however, few or none of the effects on shore suggested by that
+ominous word, and was successfully withstood by trees and buildings. The
+agitation of the sea, on the other hand, surpassed experience and
+description. Seas that might have awakened surprise and terror in the
+midst of the Atlantic ranged bodily and (it seemed to observers) almost
+without diminution into the belly of that flask-shaped harbour; and the
+war-ships were alternately buried from view in the trough, or seen
+standing on end against the breast of billows.
+
+The _Trenton_ at daylight still maintained her position in the neck of
+the bottle. But five of the remaining ships tossed, already close to the
+bottom, in a perilous and helpless crowd; threatening ruin to each other
+as they tossed; threatened with a common and imminent destruction on the
+reefs. Three had been already in collision: the _Olga_ was injured in
+the quarter, the _Adler_ had lost her bowsprit; the _Nipsic_ had lost her
+smoke-stack, and was making steam with difficulty, maintaining her fire
+with barrels of pork, and the smoke and sparks pouring along the level of
+the deck. For the seventh war-ship the day had come too late; the _Eber_
+had finished her last cruise; she was to be seen no more save by the eyes
+of divers. A coral reef is not only an instrument of destruction, but a
+place of sepulchre; the submarine cliff is profoundly undercut, and
+presents the mouth of a huge antre in which the bodies of men and the
+hulls of ships are alike hurled down and buried. The _Eber_ had dragged
+anchors with the rest; her injured screw disabled her from steaming
+vigorously up; and a little before day she had struck the front of the
+coral, come off, struck again, and gone down stern foremost, oversetting
+as she went, into the gaping hollow of the reef. Of her whole complement
+of nearly eighty, four souls were cast alive on the beach; and the bodies
+of the remainder were, by the voluminous outpouring of the flooded
+streams, scoured at last from the harbour, and strewed naked on the
+seaboard of the island.
+
+Five ships were immediately menaced with the same destruction. The
+_Eber_ vanished--the four poor survivors on shore--read a dreadful
+commentary on their danger; which was swelled out of all proportion by
+the violence of their own movements as they leaped and fell among the
+billows. By seven the _Nipsic_ was so fortunate as to avoid the reef and
+beach upon a space of sand; where she was immediately deserted by her
+crew, with the assistance of Samoans, not without loss of life. By about
+eight it was the turn of the _Adler_. She was close down upon the reef;
+doomed herself, it might yet be possible to save a portion of her crew;
+and for this end Captain Fritze placed his reliance on the very hugeness
+of the seas that threatened him. The moment was watched for with the
+anxiety of despair, but the coolness of disciplined courage. As she rose
+on the fatal wave, her moorings were simultaneously slipped; she broached
+to in rising; and the sea heaved her bodily upward and cast her down with
+a concussion on the summit of the reef, where she lay on her beam-ends,
+her back broken, buried in breaching seas, but safe. Conceive a table:
+the _Eber_ in the darkness had been smashed against the rim and flung
+below; the _Adler_, cast free in the nick of opportunity, had been thrown
+upon the top. Many were injured in the concussion; many tossed into the
+water; twenty perished. The survivors crept again on board their ship,
+as it now lay, and as it still remains, keel to the waves, a monument of
+the sea's potency. In still weather, under a cloudless sky, in those
+seasons when that ill-named ocean, the Pacific, suffers its vexed shores
+to rest, she lies high and dry, the spray scarce touching her--the hugest
+structure of man's hands within a circuit of a thousand miles--tossed up
+there like a schoolboy's cap upon a shelf; broken like an egg; a thing to
+dream of.
+
+The unfriendly consuls of Germany and Britain were both that morning in
+Matautu, and both displayed their nobler qualities. De Coetlogon, the
+grim old soldier, collected his family and kneeled with them in an agony
+of prayer for those exposed. Knappe, more fortunate in that he was
+called to a more active service, must, upon the striking of the _Adler_,
+pass to his own consulate. From this he was divided by the Vaisingano,
+now a raging torrent, impetuously charioting the trunks of trees. A
+kelpie might have dreaded to attempt the passage; we may conceive this
+brave but unfortunate and now ruined man to have found a natural joy in
+the exposure of his life; and twice that day, coming and going, he braved
+the fury of the river. It was possible, in spite of the darkness of the
+hurricane and the continual breaching of the seas, to remark human
+movements on the _Adler_; and by the help of Samoans, always nobly
+forward in the work, whether for friend or enemy, Knappe sought long to
+get a line conveyed from shore, and was for long defeated. The shore
+guard of fifty men stood to their arms the while upon the beach, useless
+themselves, and a great deterrent of Samoan usefulness. It was perhaps
+impossible that this mistake should be avoided. What more natural, to
+the mind of a European, than that the Mataafas should fall upon the
+Germans in this hour of their disadvantage? But they had no other
+thought than to assist; and those who now rallied beside Knappe braved
+(as they supposed) in doing so a double danger, from the fury of the sea
+and the weapons of their enemies. About nine, a quarter-master swam
+ashore, and reported all the officers and some sixty men alive but in
+pitiable case; some with broken limbs, others insensible from the
+drenching of the breakers. Later in the forenoon, certain valorous
+Samoans succeeded in reaching the wreck and returning with a line; but it
+was speedily broken; and all subsequent attempts proved unavailing, the
+strongest adventurers being cast back again by the bursting seas.
+Thenceforth, all through that day and night, the deafened survivors must
+continue to endure their martyrdom; and one officer died, it was supposed
+from agony of mind, in his inverted cabin.
+
+Three ships still hung on the next margin of destruction, steaming
+desperately to their moorings, dashed helplessly together. The
+_Calliope_ was the nearest in; she had the _Vandalia_ close on her port
+side and a little ahead, the _Olga_ close a-starboard, the reef under her
+heel; and steaming and veering on her cables, the unhappy ship fenced
+with her three dangers. About a quarter to nine she carried away the
+_Vandalia's_ quarter gallery with her jib-boom; a moment later, the
+_Olga_ had near rammed her from the other side. By nine the _Vandalia_
+dropped down on her too fast to be avoided, and clapped her stern under
+the bowsprit of the English ship, the fastenings of which were burst
+asunder as she rose. To avoid cutting her down, it was necessary for the
+_Calliope_ to stop and even to reverse her engines; and her rudder was at
+the moment--or it seemed so to the eyes of those on board--within ten
+feet of the reef. "Between the _Vandalia_ and the reef" (writes Kane, in
+his excellent report) "it was destruction." To repeat Fritze's manoeuvre
+with the _Adler_ was impossible; the _Calliope_ was too heavy. The one
+possibility of escape was to go out. If the engines should stand, if
+they should have power to drive the ship against wind and sea, if she
+should answer the helm, if the wheel, rudder, and gear should hold out,
+and if they were favoured with a clear blink of weather in which to see
+and avoid the outer reef--there, and there only, were safety. Upon this
+catalogue of "ifs" Kane staked his all. He signalled to the engineer for
+every pound of steam--and at that moment (I am told) much of the
+machinery was already red-hot. The ship was sheered well to starboard of
+the _Vandalia_, the last remaining cable slipped. For a time--and there
+was no onlooker so cold-blooded as to offer a guess at its duration--the
+_Calliope_ lay stationary; then gradually drew ahead. The highest speed
+claimed for her that day is of one sea-mile an hour. The question of
+times and seasons, throughout all this roaring business, is obscured by a
+dozen contradictions; I have but chosen what appeared to be the most
+consistent; but if I am to pay any attention to the time named by Admiral
+Kimberley, the _Calliope_, in this first stage of her escape, must have
+taken more than two hours to cover less than four cables. As she thus
+crept seaward, she buried bow and stem alternately under the billows.
+
+In the fairway of the entrance the flagship _Trenton_ still held on. Her
+rudder was broken, her wheel carried away; within she was flooded with
+water from the peccant hawse-pipes; she had just made the signal "fires
+extinguished," and lay helpless, awaiting the inevitable end. Between
+this melancholy hulk and the external reef Kane must find a path.
+Steering within fifty yards of the reef (for which she was actually
+headed) and her foreyard passing on the other hand over the _Trenton's_
+quarter as she rolled, the _Calliope_ sheered between the rival dangers,
+came to the wind triumphantly, and was once more pointed for the sea and
+safety. Not often in naval history was there a moment of more sickening
+peril, and it was dignified by one of those incidents that reconcile the
+chronicler with his otherwise abhorrent task. From the doomed flagship
+the Americans hailed the success of the English with a cheer. It was led
+by the old admiral in person, rang out over the storm with holiday
+vigour, and was answered by the Calliopes with an emotion easily
+conceived. This ship of their kinsfolk was almost the last external
+object seen from the _Calliope_ for hours; immediately after, the mists
+closed about her till the morrow. She was safe at sea again--_una de
+multis_--with a damaged foreyard, and a loss of all the ornamental work
+about her bow and stern, three anchors, one kedge-anchor, fourteen
+lengths of chain, four boats, the jib-boom, bobstay, and bands and
+fastenings of the bowsprit.
+
+Shortly after Kane had slipped his cable, Captain Schoonmaker, despairing
+of the _Vandalia_, succeeded in passing astern of the _Olga_, in the hope
+to beach his ship beside the _Nipsic_. At a quarter to eleven her stern
+took the reef, her hand swung to starboard, and she began to fill and
+settle. Many lives of brave men were sacrificed in the attempt to get a
+line ashore; the captain, exhausted by his exertions, was swept from deck
+by a sea; and the rail being soon awash, the survivors took refuge in the
+tops.
+
+Out of thirteen that had lain there the day before, there were now but
+two ships afloat in Apia harbour, and one of these was doomed to be the
+bane of the other. About 3 P.M. the _Trenton_ parted one cable, and
+shortly after a second. It was sought to keep her head to wind with
+storm-sails and by the ingenious expedient of filling the rigging with
+seamen; but in the fury of the gale, and in that sea, perturbed alike by
+the gigantic billows and the volleying discharges of the rivers, the
+rudderless ship drove down stern foremost into the inner basin; ranging,
+plunging, and striking like a frightened horse; drifting on destruction
+for herself and bringing it to others. Twice the _Olga_ (still well
+under command) avoided her impact by the skilful use of helm and engines.
+But about four the vigilance of the Germans was deceived, and the ships
+collided; the _Olga_ cutting into the _Trenton's_ quarters, first from
+one side, then from the other, and losing at the same time two of her own
+cables. Captain von Ehrhardt instantly slipped the remainder of his
+moorings, and setting fore and aft canvas, and going full steam ahead,
+succeeded in beaching his ship in Matautu; whither Knappe, recalled by
+this new disaster, had returned. The berth was perhaps the best in the
+harbour, and von Ehrhardt signalled that ship and crew were in security.
+
+The _Trenton_, guided apparently by an under-tow or eddy from the
+discharge of the Vaisingano, followed in the course of the _Nipsic_ and
+_Vandalia_, and skirted south-eastward along the front of the shore reef,
+which her keel was at times almost touching. Hitherto she had brought
+disaster to her foes; now she was bringing it to friends. She had
+already proved the ruin of the _Olga_, the one ship that had rid out the
+hurricane in safety; now she beheld across her course the submerged
+_Vandalia_, the tops filled with exhausted seamen. Happily the approach
+of the _Trenton_ was gradual, and the time employed to advantage. Rockets
+and lines were thrown into the tops of the friendly wreck; the approach
+of danger was transformed into a means of safety; and before the ships
+struck, the men from the _Vandalia's_ main and mizzen masts, which went
+immediately by the board in the collision, were already mustered on the
+_Trenton's_ decks. Those from the foremast were next rescued; and the
+flagship settled gradually into a position alongside her neighbour,
+against which she beat all night with violence. Out of the crew of the
+_Vandalia_ forty-three had perished; of the four hundred and fifty on
+board the _Trenton_, only one.
+
+The night of the 16th was still notable for a howling tempest and
+extraordinary floods of rain. It was feared the wreck could scarce
+continue to endure the breaching of the seas; among the Germans, the fate
+of those on board the _Adler_ awoke keen anxiety; and Knappe, on the
+beach of Matautu, and the other officers of his consulate on that of
+Matafele, watched all night. The morning of the 17th displayed a scene
+of devastation rarely equalled: the _Adler_ high and dry, the _Olga_ and
+_Nipsic_ beached, the _Trenton_ partly piled on the _Vandalia_ and
+herself sunk to the gun-deck; no sail afloat; and the beach heaped high
+with the _debris_ of ships and the wreck of mountain forests. Already,
+before the day, Seumanu, the chief of Apia, had gallantly ventured forth
+by boat through the subsiding fury of the seas, and had succeeded in
+communicating with the admiral; already, or as soon after as the dawn
+permitted, rescue lines were rigged, and the survivors were with
+difficulty and danger begun to be brought to shore. And soon the
+cheerful spirit of the admiral added a new feature to the scene.
+Surrounded as he was by the crews of two wrecked ships, he paraded the
+band of the _Trenton_, and the bay was suddenly enlivened with the
+strains of "Hail Columbia."
+
+During a great part of the day the work of rescue was continued, with
+many instances of courage and devotion; and for a long time succeeding,
+the almost inexhaustible harvest of the beach was to be reaped. In the
+first employment, the Samoans earned the gratitude of friend and foe; in
+the second, they surprised all by an unexpected virtue, that of honesty.
+The greatness of the disaster, and the magnitude of the treasure now
+rolling at their feet, may perhaps have roused in their bosoms an emotion
+too serious for the rule of greed, or perhaps that greed was for the
+moment satiated. Sails that twelve strong Samoans could scarce drag from
+the water, great guns (one of which was rolled by the sea on the body of
+a man, the only native slain in all the hurricane), an infinite wealth of
+rope and wood, of tools and weapons, tossed upon the beach. Yet I have
+never heard that much was stolen; and beyond question, much was very
+honestly returned. On both accounts, for the saving of life and the
+restoration of property, the government of the United States showed
+themselves generous in reward. A fine boat was fitly presented to
+Seumanu; and rings, watches, and money were lavished on all who had
+assisted. The Germans also gave money at the rate (as I receive the
+tale) of three dollars a head for every German saved. The obligation was
+in this instance incommensurably deep, those with whom they were at war
+had saved the German blue-jackets at the venture of their lives; Knappe
+was, besides, far from ungenerous; and I can only explain the niggard
+figure by supposing it was paid from his own pocket. In one case, at
+least, it was refused. "I have saved three Germans," said the rescuer;
+"I will make you a present of the three."
+
+The crews of the American and German squadrons were now cast, still in a
+bellicose temper, together on the beach. The discipline of the Americans
+was notoriously loose; the crew of the _Nipsic_ had earned a character
+for lawlessness in other ports; and recourse was had to stringent and
+indeed extraordinary measures. The town was divided in two camps, to
+which the different nationalities were confined. Kimberley had his
+quarter sentinelled and patrolled. Any seaman disregarding a challenge
+was to be shot dead; any tavern-keeper who sold spirits to an American
+sailor was to have his tavern broken and his stock destroyed. Many of
+the publicans were German; and Knappe, having narrated these rigorous but
+necessary dispositions, wonders (grinning to himself over his despatch)
+how far these Americans will go in their assumption of jurisdiction over
+Germans. Such as they were, the measures were successful. The
+incongruous mass of castaways was kept in peace, and at last shipped in
+peace out of the islands.
+
+Kane returned to Apia on the 19th, to find the _Calliope_ the sole
+survivor of thirteen sail. He thanked his men, and in particular the
+engineers, in a speech of unusual feeling and beauty, of which one who
+was present remarked to another, as they left the ship, "This has been a
+means of grace." Nor did he forget to thank and compliment the admiral;
+and I cannot deny myself the pleasure of transcribing from Kimberley's
+reply some generous and engaging words. "My dear captain," he wrote,
+"your kind note received. You went out splendidly, and we all felt from
+our hearts for you, and our cheers came with sincerity and admiration for
+the able manner in which you handled your ship. We could not have been
+gladder if it had been one of our ships, for in a time like that I can
+truly say with old Admiral Josiah Latnall, 'that blood is thicker than
+water.'" One more trait will serve to build up the image of this typical
+sea-officer. A tiny schooner, the _Equator_, Captain Edwin Reid, dear to
+myself from the memories of a six months' cruise, lived out upon the high
+seas the fury of that tempest which had piled with wrecks the harbour of
+Apia, found a refuge in Pango-Pango, and arrived at last in the desolated
+port with a welcome and lucrative cargo of pigs. The admiral was glad to
+have the pigs; but what most delighted the man's noble and childish soul,
+was to see once more afloat the colours of his country.
+
+Thus, in what seemed the very article of war, and within the duration of
+a single day, the sword-arm of each of the two angry Powers was broken;
+their formidable ships reduced to junk; their disciplined hundreds to a
+horde of castaways, fed with difficulty, and the fear of whose misconduct
+marred the sleep of their commanders. Both paused aghast; both had time
+to recognise that not the whole Samoan Archipelago was worth the loss in
+men and costly ships already suffered. The so-called hurricane of March
+16th made thus a marking epoch in world-history; directly, and at once,
+it brought about the congress and treaty of Berlin; indirectly, and by a
+process still continuing, it founded the modern navy of the States.
+Coming years and other historians will declare the influence of that.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI--LAUPEPA AND MATAAFA
+
+
+1889-1892
+
+With the hurricane, the broken war-ships, and the stranded sailors, I am
+at an end of violence, and my tale flows henceforth among carpet
+incidents. The blue-jackets on Apia beach were still jealously held
+apart by sentries, when the powers at home were already seeking a
+peaceable solution. It was agreed, so far as might be, to obliterate two
+years of blundering; and to resume in 1889, and at Berlin, those
+negotiations which had been so unhappily broken off at Washington in
+1887. The example thus offered by Germany is rare in history; in the
+career of Prince Bismarck, so far as I am instructed, it should stand
+unique. On a review of these two years of blundering, bullying, and
+failure in a little isle of the Pacific, he seems magnanimously to have
+owned his policy was in the wrong. He left Fangalii unexpiated; suffered
+that house of cards, the Tamasese government, to fall by its own frailty
+and without remark or lamentation; left the Samoan question openly and
+fairly to the conference: and in the meanwhile, to allay the local heats
+engendered by Becker and Knappe, he sent to Apia that invaluable public
+servant, Dr. Stuebel. I should be a dishonest man if I did not bear
+testimony to the loyalty since shown by Germans in Samoa. Their position
+was painful; they had talked big in the old days, now they had to sing
+small. Even Stuebel returned to the islands under the prejudice of an
+unfortunate record. To the minds of the Samoans his name represented the
+beginning of their sorrows; and in his first term of office he had
+unquestionably driven hard. The greater his merit in the surprising
+success of the second. So long as he stayed, the current of affairs
+moved smoothly; he left behind him on his departure all men at peace; and
+whether by fortune, or for the want of that wise hand of guidance, he was
+scarce gone before the clouds began to gather once more on our horizon.
+
+Before the first convention, Germany and the States hauled down their
+flags. It was so done again before the second; and Germany, by a still
+more emphatic step of retrogression, returned the exile Laupepa to his
+native shores. For two years the unfortunate man had trembled and
+suffered in the Cameroons, in Germany, in the rainy Marshalls. When he
+left (September 1887) Tamasese was king, served by five iron war-ships;
+his right to rule (like a dogma of the Church) was placed outside
+dispute; the Germans were still, as they were called at that last tearful
+interview in the house by the river, "the invincible strangers"; the
+thought of resistance, far less the hope of success, had not yet dawned
+on the Samoan mind. He returned (November 1889) to a changed world. The
+Tupua party was reduced to sue for peace, Brandeis was withdrawn,
+Tamasese was dying obscurely of a broken heart; the German flag no longer
+waved over the capital; and over all the islands one figure stood
+supreme. During Laupepa's absence this man had succeeded him in all his
+honours and titles, in tenfold more than all his power and popularity. He
+was the idol of the whole nation but the rump of the Tamaseses, and of
+these he was already the secret admiration. In his position there was
+but one weak point,--that he had even been tacitly excluded by the
+Germans. Becker, indeed, once coquetted with the thought of patronising
+him; but the project had no sequel, and it stands alone. In every other
+juncture of history the German attitude has been the same. Choose whom
+you will to be king; when he has failed, choose whom you please to
+succeed him; when the second fails also, replace the first: upon the one
+condition, that Mataafa be excluded. "_Pourvu qu'il sache signer_!"--an
+official is said to have thus summed up the qualifications necessary in a
+Samoan king. And it was perhaps feared that Mataafa could do no more and
+might not always do so much. But this original diffidence was heightened
+by late events to something verging upon animosity. Fangalii was
+unavenged: the arms of Mataafa were
+
+ _Nondum inexpiatis uncta cruoribus_,
+ Still soiled with the unexpiated blood
+
+of German sailors; and though the chief was not present in the field, nor
+could have heard of the affair till it was over, he had reaped from it
+credit with his countrymen and dislike from the Germans.
+
+I may not say that trouble was hoped. I must say--if it were not feared,
+the practice of diplomacy must teach a very hopeful view of human nature.
+Mataafa and Laupepa, by the sudden repatriation of the last, found
+themselves face to face in conditions of exasperating rivalry. The one
+returned from the dead of exile to find himself replaced and excelled.
+The other, at the end of a long, anxious, and successful struggle, beheld
+his only possible competitor resuscitated from the grave. The qualities
+of both, in this difficult moment, shone out nobly. I feel I seem always
+less than partial to the lovable Laupepa; his virtues are perhaps not
+those which chiefly please me, and are certainly not royal; but he found
+on his return an opportunity to display the admirable sweetness of his
+nature. The two entered into a competition of generosity, for which I
+can recall no parallel in history, each waiving the throne for himself,
+each pressing it upon his rival; and they embraced at last a compromise
+the terms of which seem to have been always obscure and are now disputed.
+Laupepa at least resumed his style of King of Samoa; Mataafa retained
+much of the conduct of affairs, and continued to receive much of the
+attendance and respect befitting royalty; and the two Malietoas, with so
+many causes of disunion, dwelt and met together in the same town like
+kinsmen. It was so, that I first saw them; so, in a house set about with
+sentries--for there was still a haunting fear of Germany,--that I heard
+them relate their various experience in the past; heard Laupepa tell with
+touching candour of the sorrows of his exile, and Mataafa with mirthful
+simplicity of his resources and anxieties in the war. The relation was
+perhaps too beautiful to last; it was perhaps impossible but the titular
+king should grow at last uneasily conscious of the _maire de palais_ at
+his side, or the king-maker be at last offended by some shadow of
+distrust or assumption in his creature. I repeat the words king-maker
+and creature; it is so that Mataafa himself conceives of their relation:
+surely not without justice; for, had he not contended and prevailed, and
+been helped by the folly of consuls and the fury of the storm, Laupepa
+must have died in exile.
+
+Foreigners in these islands know little of the course of native intrigue.
+Partly the Samoans cannot explain, partly they will not tell. Ask how
+much a master can follow of the puerile politics in any school; so much
+and no more we may understand of the events which surround and menace us
+with their results. The missions may perhaps have been to blame.
+Missionaries are perhaps apt to meddle overmuch outside their discipline;
+it is a fault which should be judged with mercy; the problem is sometimes
+so insidiously presented that even a moderate and able man is betrayed
+beyond his own intention; and the missionary in such a land as Samoa is
+something else besides a minister of mere religion; he represents
+civilisation, he is condemned to be an organ of reform, he could scarce
+evade (even if he desired) a certain influence in political affairs. And
+it is believed, besides, by those who fancy they know, that the effective
+force of division between Mataafa and Laupepa came from the natives
+rather than from whites. Before the end of 1890, at least, it began to
+be rumoured that there was dispeace between the two Malietoas; and
+doubtless this had an unsettling influence throughout the islands. But
+there was another ingredient of anxiety. The Berlin convention had long
+closed its sittings; the text of the Act had been long in our hands;
+commissioners were announced to right the wrongs of the land question,
+and two high officials, a chief justice and a president, to guide policy
+and administer law in Samoa. Their coming was expected with an
+impatience, with a childishness of trust, that can hardly be exaggerated.
+Months passed, these angel-deliverers still delayed to arrive, and the
+impatience of the natives became changed to an ominous irritation. They
+have had much experience of being deceived, and they began to think they
+were deceived again. A sudden crop of superstitious stories buzzed about
+the islands. Rivers had come down red; unknown fishes had been taken on
+the reef and found to be marked with menacing runes; a headless lizard
+crawled among chiefs in council; the gods of Upolu and Savaii made war by
+night, they swam the straits to battle, and, defaced by dreadful wounds,
+they had besieged the house of a medical missionary. Readers will
+remember the portents in mediaeval chronicles, or those in _Julius Caesar_
+when
+
+ "Fierce fiery warriors fought upon the clouds
+ In ranks and squadrons."
+
+And doubtless such fabrications are, in simple societies, a natural
+expression of discontent; and those who forge, and even those who spread
+them, work towards a conscious purpose.
+
+Early in January 1891 this period of expectancy was brought to an end by
+the arrival of Conrad Cedarcrantz, chief justice of Samoa. The event was
+hailed with acclamation, and there was much about the new official to
+increase the hopes already entertained. He was seen to be a man of
+culture and ability; in public, of an excellent presence--in private, of
+a most engaging cordiality. But there was one point, I scarce know
+whether to say of his character or policy, which immediately and
+disastrously affected public feeling in the islands. He had an aversion,
+part judicial, part perhaps constitutional, to haste; and he announced
+that, until he should have well satisfied his own mind, he should do
+nothing; that he would rather delay all than do aught amiss. It was
+impossible to hear this without academical approval; impossible to hear
+it without practical alarm. The natives desired to see activity; they
+desired to see many fair speeches taken on a body of deeds and works of
+benefit. Fired by the event of the war, filled with impossible hopes,
+they might have welcomed in that hour a ruler of the stamp of Brandeis,
+breathing hurry, perhaps dealing blows. And the chief justice,
+unconscious of the fleeting opportunity, ripened his opinions
+deliberately in Mulinuu; and had been already the better part of half a
+year in the islands before he went through the form of opening his court.
+The curtain had risen; there was no play. A reaction, a chill sense of
+disappointment, passed about the island; and intrigue, one moment
+suspended, was resumed.
+
+In the Berlin Act, the three Powers recognise, on the threshold, "the
+independence of the Samoan government, and the free right of the natives
+to elect their chief or king and choose their form of government." True,
+the text continues that, "in view of the difficulties that surround an
+election in the present disordered condition of the government," Malietoa
+Laupepa shall be recognised as king, "unless the three Powers shall by
+common accord otherwise declare." But perhaps few natives have followed
+it so far, and even those who have, were possibly all cast abroad again
+by the next clause: "and his successor shall be duly elected according to
+the laws and customs of Samoa." The right to elect, freely given in one
+sentence, was suspended in the next, and a line or so further on appeared
+to be reconveyed by a side-wind. The reason offered for suspension was
+ludicrously false; in May 1889, when Sir Edward Malet moved the matter in
+the conference, the election of Mataafa was not only certain to have been
+peaceful, it could not have been opposed; and behind the English puppet
+it was easy to suspect the hand of Germany. No one is more swift to
+smell trickery than a Samoan; and the thought, that, under the long,
+bland, benevolent sentences of the Berlin Act, some trickery lay lurking,
+filled him with the breath of opposition. Laupepa seems never to have
+been a popular king. Mataafa, on the other hand, holds an unrivalled
+position in the eyes of his fellow-countrymen; he was the hero of the
+war, he had lain with them in the bush, he had borne the heat and burthen
+of the day; they began to claim that he should enjoy more largely the
+fruits of victory; his exclusion was believed to be a stroke of German
+vengeance, his elevation to the kingship was looked for as the fitting
+crown and copestone of the Samoan triumph; and but a little after the
+coming of the chief justice, an ominous cry for Mataafa began to arise in
+the islands. It is difficult to see what that official could have done
+but what he did. He was loyal, as in duty bound, to the treaty and to
+Laupepa; and when the orators of the important and unruly islet of Manono
+demanded to his face a change of kings, he had no choice but to refuse
+them, and (his reproof being unheeded) to suspend the meeting. Whether
+by any neglect of his own or the mere force of circumstance, he failed,
+however, to secure the sympathy, failed even to gain the confidence, of
+Mataafa. The latter is not without a sense of his own abilities or of
+the great service he has rendered to his native land. He felt himself
+neglected; at the very moment when the cry for his elevation rang
+throughout the group he thought himself made little of on Mulinuu; and he
+began to weary of his part. In this humour, he was exposed to a
+temptation which I must try to explain, as best I may be able, to
+Europeans.
+
+The bestowal of the great name, Malietoa, is in the power of the district
+of Malie, some seven miles to the westward of Apia. The most noisy and
+conspicuous supporters of that party are the inhabitants of Manono. Hence
+in the elaborate, allusive oratory of Samoa, Malie is always referred to
+by the name of _Pule_ (authority) as having the power of the name, and
+Manono by that of _Ainga_ (clan, sept, or household) as forming the
+immediate family of the chief. But these, though so important, are only
+small communities; and perhaps the chief numerical force of the Malietoas
+inhabits the island of Savaii. Savaii has no royal name to bestow, all
+the five being in the gift of different districts of Upolu; but she has
+the weight of numbers, and in these latter days has acquired a certain
+force by the preponderance in her councils of a single man, the orator
+Lauati. The reader will now understand the peculiar significance of a
+deputation which should embrace Lauati and the orators of both Malie and
+Manono, how it would represent all that is most effective on the Malietoa
+side, and all that is most considerable in Samoan politics, except the
+opposite feudal party of the Tupua. And in the temptation brought to
+bear on Mataafa, even the Tupua was conjoined. Tamasese was dead. His
+followers had conceived a not unnatural aversion to all Germans, from
+which only the loyal Brandeis is excepted; and a not unnatural admiration
+for their late successful adversary. Men of his own blood and clan, men
+whom he had fought in the field, whom he had driven from Matautu, who had
+smitten him back time and again from before the rustic bulwarks of
+Lotoanuu, they approached him hand in hand with their ancestral enemies
+and concurred in the same prayer. The treaty (they argued) was not
+carried out. The right to elect their king had been granted them; or if
+that were denied or suspended, then the right to elect "his successor."
+They were dissatisfied with Laupepa, and claimed, "according to the laws
+and customs of Samoa," duly to appoint another. The orators of Malie
+declared with irritation that their second appointment was alone valid
+and Mataafa the sole Malietoa; the whole body of malcontents named him as
+their choice for king; and they requested him in consequence to leave
+Apia and take up his dwelling in Malie, the name-place of Malietoa; a
+step which may be described, to European ears, as placing before the
+country his candidacy for the crown.
+
+I do not know when the proposal was first made. Doubtless the
+disaffection grew slowly, every trifle adding to its force; doubtless
+there lingered for long a willingness to give the new government a trial.
+The chief justice at least had been nearly five months in the country,
+and the president, Baron Senfft von Pilsach, rather more than a month
+before the mine was sprung. On May 31, 1891, the house of Mataafa was
+found empty, he and his chiefs had vanished from Apia, and, what was
+worse, three prisoners, liberated from the gaol, had accompanied them in
+their secession; two being political offenders, and the third (accused of
+murder) having been perhaps set free by accident. Although the step had
+been discussed in certain quarters, it took all men by surprise. The
+inhabitants at large expected instant war. The officials awakened from a
+dream to recognise the value of that which they had lost. Mataafa at
+Vaiala, where he was the pledge of peace, had perhaps not always been
+deemed worthy of particular attention; Mataafa at Malie was seen, twelve
+hours too late, to be an altogether different quantity. With excess of
+zeal on the other side, the officials trooped to their boats and
+proceeded almost in a body to Malie, where they seem to have employed
+every artifice of flattery and every resource of eloquence upon the
+fugitive high chief. These courtesies, perhaps excessive in themselves,
+had the unpardonable fault of being offered when too late. Mataafa
+showed himself facile on small issues, inflexible on the main; he
+restored the prisoners, he returned with the consuls to Apia on a flying
+visit; he gave his word that peace should be preserved--a pledge in which
+perhaps no one believed at the moment, but which he has since nobly
+redeemed. On the rest he was immovable; he had cast the die, he had
+declared his candidacy, he had gone to Malie. Thither, after his visit
+to Apia, he returned again; there he has practically since resided.
+
+Thus was created in the islands a situation, strange in the beginning,
+and which, as its inner significance is developed, becomes daily stranger
+to observe. On the one hand, Mataafa sits in Malie, assumes a regal
+state, receives deputations, heads his letters "Government of Samoa,"
+tacitly treats the king as a co-ordinate; and yet declares himself, and
+in many ways conducts himself, as a law-abiding citizen. On the other,
+the white officials in Mulinuu stand contemplating the phenomenon with
+eyes of growing stupefaction; now with symptoms of collapse, now with
+accesses of violence. For long, even those well versed in island manners
+and the island character daily expected war, and heard imaginary drums
+beat in the forest. But for now close upon a year, and against every
+stress of persuasion and temptation, Mataafa has been the bulwark of our
+peace. Apia lay open to be seized, he had the power in his hand, his
+followers cried to be led on, his enemies marshalled him the same way by
+impotent examples; and he has never faltered. Early in the day, a white
+man was sent from the government of Mulinuu to examine and report upon
+his actions: I saw the spy on his return; "It was only our rebel that
+saved us," he said, with a laugh. There is now no honest man in the
+islands but is well aware of it; none but knows that, if we have enjoyed
+during the past eleven months the conveniences of peace, it is due to the
+forbearance of "our rebel." Nor does this part of his conduct stand
+alone. He calls his party at Malie the government,--"our
+government,"--but he pays his taxes to the government at Mulinuu. He
+takes ground like a king; he has steadily and blandly refused to obey all
+orders as to his own movements or behaviour; but upon requisition he
+sends offenders to be tried under the chief justice.
+
+We have here a problem of conduct, and what seems an image of
+inconsistency, very hard at the first sight to be solved by any European.
+Plainly Mataafa does not act at random. Plainly, in the depths of his
+Samoan mind, he regards his attitude as regular and constitutional. It
+may be unexpected, it may be inauspicious, it may be undesirable; but he
+thinks it--and perhaps it is--in full accordance with those "laws and
+customs of Samoa" ignorantly invoked by the draughtsmen of the Berlin
+Act. The point is worth an effort of comprehension; a man's life may yet
+depend upon it. Let us conceive, in the first place, that there are five
+separate kingships in Samoa, though not always five different kings; and
+that though one man, by holding the five royal names, might become king
+in _all parts_ of Samoa, there is perhaps no such matter as a kingship of
+all Samoa. He who holds one royal name would be, upon this view, as much
+a sovereign person as he who should chance to hold the other four; he
+would have less territory and fewer subjects, but the like independence
+and an equal royalty. Now Mataafa, even if all debatable points were
+decided against him, is still Tuiatua, and as such, on this hypothesis, a
+sovereign prince. In the second place, the draughtsmen of the Act,
+waxing exceeding bold, employed the word "election," and implicitly
+justified all precedented steps towards the kingship according with the
+"customs of Samoa." I am not asking what was intended by the gentlemen
+who sat and debated very benignly and, on the whole, wisely in Berlin; I
+am asking what will be understood by a Samoan studying their literary
+work, the Berlin Act; I am asking what is the result of taking a word out
+of one state of society, and applying it to another, of which the writers
+know less than nothing, and no European knows much. Several interpreters
+and several days were employed last September in the fruitless attempt to
+convey to the mind of Laupepa the sense of the word "resignation." What
+can a Samoan gather from the words, _election_? _election of a king_?
+_election of a king according to the laws and customs of Samoa_? What
+are the electoral measures, what is the method of canvassing, likely to
+be employed by two, three, four, or five, more or less absolute
+princelings, eager to evince each other? And who is to distinguish such
+a process from the state of war? In such international--or, I should
+say, interparochial--differences, the nearest we can come towards
+understanding is to appreciate the cloud of ambiguity in which all
+parties grope--
+
+ "Treading the crude consistence, half on foot,
+ Half flying."
+
+Now, in one part of Mataafa's behaviour his purpose is beyond mistake.
+Towards the provisions of the Berlin Act, his desire to be formally
+obedient is manifest. The Act imposed the tax. He has paid his taxes,
+although he thus contributes to the ways and means of his immediate
+rival. The Act decreed the supreme court, and he sends his partisans to
+be tried at Mulinuu, although he thus places them (as I shall have
+occasion to show) in a position far from wholly safe. From this literal
+conformity, in matters regulated, to the terms of the Berlin
+plenipotentiaries, we may plausibly infer, in regard to the rest, a no
+less exact observance of the famous and obscure "laws and customs of
+Samoa."
+
+But though it may be possible to attain, in the study, to some such
+adumbration of an understanding, it were plainly unfair to expect it of
+officials in the hurry of events. Our two white officers have
+accordingly been no more perspicacious than was to be looked for, and I
+think they have sometimes been less wise. It was not wise in the
+president to proclaim Mataafa and his followers rebels and their estates
+confiscated. Such words are not respectable till they repose on force;
+on the lips of an angry white man, standing alone on a small promontory,
+they were both dangerous and absurd; they might have provoked ruin;
+thanks to the character of Mataafa, they only raised a smile and damaged
+the authority of government. And again it is not wise in the government
+of Mulinuu to have twice attempted to precipitate hostilities, once in
+Savaii, once here in the Tuamasanga. The fate of the Savaii attempt I
+never heard; it seems to have been stillborn. The other passed under my
+eyes. A war-party was armed in Apia, and despatched across the island
+against Mataafa villages, where it was to seize the women and children.
+It was absent for some days, engaged in feasting with those whom it went
+out to fight; and returned at last, innocuous and replete. In this
+fortunate though undignified ending we may read the fact that the natives
+on Laupepa's side are sometimes more wise than their advisers. Indeed,
+for our last twelve months of miraculous peace under what seem to be two
+rival kings, the credit is due first of all to Mataafa, and second to the
+half-heartedness, or the forbearance, or both, of the natives in the
+other camp. The voice of the two whites has ever been for war. They
+have published at least one incendiary proclamation; they have armed and
+sent into the field at least one Samoan war-party; they have continually
+besieged captains of war-ships to attack Malie, and the captains of the
+war-ships have religiously refused. Thus in the last twelve months our
+European rulers have drawn a picture of themselves, as bearded like the
+pard, full of strange oaths, and gesticulating like semaphores; while
+over against them Mataafa reposes smilingly obstinate, and their own
+retainers surround them, frowningly inert. Into the question of motive I
+refuse to enter; but if we come to war in these islands, and with no
+fresh occasion, it will be a manufactured war, and one that has been
+manufactured, against the grain of opinion, by two foreigners.
+
+For the last and worst of the mistakes on the Laupepa side it would be
+unfair to blame any but the king himself. Capable both of virtuous
+resolutions and of fits of apathetic obstinacy, His Majesty is usually
+the whip-top of competitive advisers; and his conduct is so unstable as
+to wear at times an appearance of treachery which would surprise himself
+if he could see it. Take, for example, the experience of Lieutenant
+Ulfsparre, late chief of police, and (so to speak) commander of the
+forces. His men were under orders for a certain hour; he found himself
+almost alone at the place of muster, and learned the king had sent the
+soldiery on errands. He sought an audience, explained that he was here
+to implant discipline, that (with this purpose in view) his men could
+only receive orders through himself, and if that condition were not
+agreed to and faithfully observed, he must send in his papers. The king
+was as usual easily persuaded, the interview passed and ended to the
+satisfaction of all parties engaged--and the bargain was kept for one
+day. On the day after, the troops were again dispersed as post-runners,
+and their commander resigned. With such a sovereign, I repeat, it would
+be unfair to blame any individual minister for any specific fault. And
+yet the policy of our two whites against Mataafa has appeared uniformly
+so excessive and implacable, that the blame of the last scandal is laid
+generally at their doors. It is yet fresh. Lauati, towards the end of
+last year, became deeply concerned about the situation; and by great
+personal exertions and the charms of oratory brought Savaii and Manono
+into agreement upon certain terms of compromise: Laupepa still to be
+king, Mataafa to accept a high executive office comparable to that of our
+own prime minister, and the two governments to coalesce. Intractable
+Manono was a party. Malie was said to view the proposal with
+resignation, if not relief. Peace was thought secure. The night before
+the king was to receive Lauati, I met one of his company,--the family
+chief, Iina,--and we shook hands over the unexpected issue of our
+troubles. What no one dreamed was that Laupepa would refuse. And he
+did. He refused undisputed royalty for himself and peace for these
+unhappy islands; and the two whites on Mulinuu rightly or wrongly got the
+blame of it.
+
+But their policy has another and a more awkward side. About the time of
+the secession to Malie, many ugly things were said; I will not repeat
+that which I hope and believe the speakers did not wholly mean; let it
+suffice that, if rumour carried to Mataafa the language I have heard used
+in my own house and before my own native servants, he would be highly
+justified in keeping clear of Apia and the whites. One gentleman whose
+opinion I respect, and am so bold as to hope I may in some points modify,
+will understand the allusion and appreciate my reserve. About the same
+time there occurred an incident, upon which I must be more particular.
+_A_ was a gentleman who had long been an intimate of Mataafa's, and had
+recently (upon account, indeed, of the secession to Malie) more or less
+wholly broken off relations. To him came one whom I shall call _B_ with
+a dastardly proposition. It may have been _B_'s own, in which case he
+were the more unpardonable; but from the closeness of his intercourse
+with the chief justice, as well as from the terms used in the interview,
+men judged otherwise. It was proposed that _A_ should simulate a renewal
+of the friendship, decoy Mataafa to a suitable place, and have him there
+arrested. What should follow in those days of violent speech was at the
+least disputable; and the proposal was of course refused. "You do not
+understand," was the base rejoinder. "_You_ will have no discredit. The
+Germans are to take the blame of the arrest." Of course, upon the
+testimony of a gentleman so depraved, it were unfair to hang a dog; and
+both the Germans and the chief justice must be held innocent. But the
+chief justice has shown that he can himself be led, by his animosity
+against Mataafa, into questionable acts. Certain natives of Malie were
+accused of stealing pigs; the chief justice summoned them through
+Mataafa; several were sent, and along with them a written promise that,
+if others were required, these also should be forthcoming upon
+requisition. Such as came were duly tried and acquitted; and Mataafa's
+offer was communicated to the chief justice, who made a formal answer,
+and the same day (in pursuance of his constant design to have Malie
+attacked by war-ships) reported to one of the consuls that his warrant
+would not run in the country and that certain of the accused had been
+withheld. At least, this is not fair dealing; and the next instance I
+have to give is possibly worse. For one blunder the chief justice is
+only so far responsible, in that he was not present where it seems he
+should have been, when it was made. He had nothing to do with the silly
+proscription of the Mataafas; he has always disliked the measure; and it
+occurred to him at last that he might get rid of this dangerous absurdity
+and at the same time reap a further advantage. Let Mataafa leave Malie
+for any other district in Samoa; it should be construed as an act of
+submission and the confiscation and proscription instantly recalled. This
+was certainly well devised; the government escaped from their own false
+position, and by the same stroke lowered the prestige of their
+adversaries. But unhappily the chief justice did not put all his eggs in
+one basket. Concurrently with these negotiations he began again to move
+the captain of one of the war-ships to shell the rebel village; the
+captain, conceiving the extremity wholly unjustified, not only refused
+these instances, but more or less publicly complained of their being
+made; the matter came to the knowledge of the white resident who was at
+that time playing the part of intermediary with Malie; and he, in natural
+anger and disgust, withdrew from the negotiation. These duplicities,
+always deplorable when discovered, are never more fatal than with men
+imperfectly civilised. Almost incapable of truth themselves, they
+cherish a particular score of the same fault in whites. And Mataafa is
+besides an exceptional native. I would scarce dare say of any Samoan
+that he is truthful, though I seem to have encountered the phenomenon;
+but I must say of Mataafa that he seems distinctly and consistently
+averse to lying.
+
+For the affair of the Manono prisoners, the chief justice is only again
+in so far answerable as he was at the moment absent from the seat of his
+duties; and the blame falls on Baron Senfft von Pilsach, president of the
+municipal council. There were in Manono certain dissidents, loyal to
+Laupepa. Being Manono people, I daresay they were very annoying to their
+neighbours; the majority, as they belonged to the same island, were the
+more impatient; and one fine day fell upon and destroyed the houses and
+harvests of the dissidents "according to the laws and customs of Samoa."
+The president went down to the unruly island in a war-ship and was landed
+alone upon the beach. To one so much a stranger to the mansuetude of
+Polynesians, this must have seemed an act of desperation; and the baron's
+gallantry met with a deserved success. The six ringleaders, acting in
+Mataafa's interest, had been guilty of a delict; with Mataafa's approval,
+they delivered themselves over to be tried. On Friday, September 4,
+1891, they were convicted before a native magistrate and sentenced to six
+months' imprisonment; or, I should rather say, detention; for it was
+expressly directed that they were to be used as gentlemen and not as
+prisoners, that the door was to stand open, and that all their wishes
+should be gratified. This extraordinary sentence fell upon the accused
+like a thunderbolt. There is no need to suppose perfidy, where a
+careless interpreter suffices to explain all; but the six chiefs claim to
+have understood their coming to Apia as an act of submission merely
+formal, that they came in fact under an implied indemnity, and that the
+president stood pledged to see them scatheless. Already, on their way
+from the court-house, they were tumultuously surrounded by friends and
+clansmen, who pressed and cried upon them to escape; Lieutenant Ulfsparre
+must order his men to load; and with that the momentary effervescence
+died away. Next day, Saturday, 5th, the chief justice took his departure
+from the islands--a step never yet explained and (in view of the doings
+of the day before and the remonstrances of other officials) hard to
+justify. The president, an amiable and brave young man of singular
+inexperience, was thus left to face the growing difficulty by himself.
+The clansmen of the prisoners, to the number of near upon a hundred, lay
+in Vaiusu, a village half way between Apia and Malie; there they talked
+big, thence sent menacing messages; the gaol should be broken in the
+night, they said, and the six martyrs rescued. Allowance is to be made
+for the character of the people of Manono, turbulent fellows, boastful of
+tongue, but of late days not thought to be answerably bold in person. Yet
+the moment was anxious. The government of Mulinuu had gained an
+important moral victory by the surrender and condemnation of the chiefs;
+and it was needful the victory should be maintained. The guard upon the
+gaol was accordingly strengthened; a war-party was sent to watch the
+Vaiusu road under Asi; and the chiefs of the Vaimaunga were notified to
+arm and assemble their men. It must be supposed the president was
+doubtful of the loyalty of these assistants. He turned at least to the
+war-ships, where it seems he was rebuffed; thence he fled into the arms
+of the wrecker gang, where he was unhappily more successful. The
+government of Washington had presented to the Samoan king the wrecks of
+the _Trenton_ and the _Vandalia_; an American syndicate had been formed
+to break them up; an experienced gang was in consequence settled in Apia
+and the report of submarine explosions had long grown familiar in the
+ears of residents. From these artificers the president obtained a supply
+of dynamite, the needful mechanism, and the loan of a mechanic; the gaol
+was mined, and the Manono people in Vaiusu were advertised of the fact in
+a letter signed by Laupepa. Partly by the indiscretion of the mechanic,
+who had sought to embolden himself (like Lady Macbeth) with liquor for
+his somewhat dreadful task, the story leaked immediately out and raised a
+very general, or I might say almost universal, reprobation. Some blamed
+the proposed deed because it was barbarous and a foul example to set
+before a race half barbarous itself; others because it was illegal;
+others again because, in the face of so weak an enemy, it appeared
+pitifully pusillanimous; almost all because it tended to precipitate and
+embitter war. In the midst of the turmoil he had raised, and under the
+immediate pressure of certain indignant white residents, the baron fell
+back upon a new expedient, certainly less barbarous, perhaps no more
+legal; and on Monday afternoon, September 7th, packed his six prisoners
+on board the cutter _Lancashire Lass_, and deported them to the
+neighbouring low-island group of the Tokelaus. We watched her put to sea
+with mingled feelings. Anything were better than dynamite, but this was
+not good. The men had been summoned in the name of law; they had
+surrendered; the law had uttered its voice; they were under one sentence
+duly delivered; and now the president, by no right with which we were
+acquainted, had exchanged it for another. It was perhaps no less
+fortunate, though it was more pardonable in a stranger, that he had
+increased the punishment to that which, in the eyes of Samoans, ranks
+next to death,--exile from their native land and friends. And the
+_Lancashire Lass_ appeared to carry away with her into the uttermost
+parts of the sea the honour of the administration and the prestige of the
+supreme court.
+
+The policy of the government towards Mataafa has thus been of a piece
+throughout; always would-be violent, it has been almost always defaced
+with some appearance of perfidy or unfairness. The policy of Mataafa
+(though extremely bewildering to any white) appears everywhere consistent
+with itself, and the man's bearing has always been calm. But to
+represent the fulness of the contrast, it is necessary that I should give
+some description of the two capitals, or the two camps, and the ways and
+means of the regular and irregular government.
+
+_Mulinuu_. Mulinuu, the reader may remember, is a narrow finger of land
+planted in cocoa-palms, which runs forth into the lagoon perhaps three
+quarters of a mile. To the east is the bay of Apia. To the west, there
+is, first of all, a mangrove swamp, the mangroves excellently green, the
+mud ink-black, and its face crawled upon by countless insects and black
+and scarlet crabs. Beyond the swamp is a wide and shallow bay of the
+lagoon, bounded to the west by Faleula Point. Faleula is the next
+village to Malie; so that from the top of some tall palm in Malie it
+should be possible to descry against the eastern heavens the palms of
+Mulinuu. The trade wind sweeps over the low peninsula and cleanses it
+from the contagion of the swamp. Samoans have a quaint phrase in their
+language; when out of health, they seek exposed places on the shore "to
+eat the wind," say they; and there can be few better places for such a
+diet than the point of Mulinuu.
+
+Two European houses stand conspicuous on the harbour side; in Europe they
+would seem poor enough, but they are fine houses for Samoa. One is new;
+it was built the other day under the apologetic title of a Government
+House, to be the residence of Baron Senfft. The other is historical; it
+was built by Brandeis on a mortgage, and is now occupied by the chief
+justice on conditions never understood, the rumour going uncontradicted
+that he sits rent free. I do not say it is true, I say it goes
+uncontradicted; and there is one peculiarity of our officials in a
+nutshell,--their remarkable indifference to their own character. From
+the one house to the other extends a scattering village for the Faipule
+or native parliament men. In the days of Tamasese this was a brave
+place, both his own house and those of the Faipule good, and the whole
+excellently ordered and approached by a sanded way. It is now like a
+neglected bush-town, and speaks of apathy in all concerned. But the
+chief scandal of Mulinuu is elsewhere. The house of the president stands
+just to seaward of the isthmus, where the watch is set nightly, and armed
+men guard the uneasy slumbers of the government. On the landward side
+there stands a monument to the poor German lads who fell at Fangalii,
+just beyond which the passer-by may chance to observe a little house
+standing back-ward from the road. It is such a house as a commoner might
+use in a bush village; none could dream that it gave shelter even to a
+family chief; yet this is the palace of Malietoa-Natoaitele-Tamasoalii
+Laupepa, king of Samoa. As you sit in his company under this humble
+shelter, you shall see, between the posts, the new house of the
+president. His Majesty himself beholds it daily, and the tenor of his
+thoughts may be divined. The fine house of a Samoan chief is his
+appropriate attribute; yet, after seventeen months, the government (well
+housed themselves) have not yet found--have not yet sought--a roof-tree
+for their sovereign. And the lodging is typical. I take up the
+president's financial statement of September 8, 1891. I find the king's
+allowance to figure at seventy-five dollars a month; and I find that he
+is further (though somewhat obscurely) debited with the salaries of
+either two or three clerks. Take the outside figure, and the sum
+expended on or for His Majesty amounts to ninety-five dollars in the
+month. Lieutenant Ulfsparre and Dr. Hagberg (the chief justice's Swedish
+friends) drew in the same period one hundred and forty and one hundred
+dollars respectively on account of salary alone. And it should be
+observed that Dr. Hagberg was employed, or at least paid, from government
+funds, in the face of His Majesty's express and reiterated protest. In
+another column of the statement, one hundred and seventy-five dollars and
+seventy-five cents are debited for the chief justice's travelling
+expenses. I am of the opinion that if His Majesty desired (or dared) to
+take an outing, he would be asked to bear the charge from his allowance.
+But although I think the chief justice had done more nobly to pay for
+himself, I am far from denying that his excursions were well meant; he
+should indeed be praised for having made them; and I leave the charge out
+of consideration in the following statement.
+
+ ON THE ONE HAND
+
+ Salary of Chief Justice Cedarkrantz $500
+ Salary of President Baron Senfft von Pilsach (about) 415
+ Salary of Lieutenant Ulfsparre, Chief of Police 140
+ Salary of Dr. Hagberg, Private Secretary to the Chief Justice 100
+
+ Total monthly salary to four whites, one of them paid against His
+ Majesty's protest $1155
+
+ ON THE OTHER HAND
+
+ Total monthly payments to and for His Majesty the King, including
+ allowance and hire of three clerks, one of these placed under the
+ rubric of extraordinary expenses $95
+
+This looks strange enough and mean enough already. But we have ground of
+comparison in the practice of Brandeis.
+
+ Brandeis, white prime minister $200
+ Tamasese (about) 160
+ White Chief of Police 100
+
+Under Brandeis, in other words, the king received the second highest
+allowance on the sheet; and it was a good second, and the third was a bad
+third. And it must be borne in mind that Tamasese himself was pointed
+and laughed at among natives. Judge, then, what is muttered of Laupepa,
+housed in his shanty before the president's doors like Lazarus before the
+doors of Dives; receiving not so much of his own taxes as the private
+secretary of the law officer; and (in actual salary) little more than
+half as much as his own chief of police. It is known besides that he has
+protested in vain against the charge for Dr. Hagberg; it is known that he
+has himself applied for an advance and been refused. Money is certainly
+a grave subject on Mulinuu; but respect costs nothing, and thrifty
+officials might have judged it wise to make up in extra politeness for
+what they curtailed of pomp or comfort. One instance may suffice.
+Laupepa appeared last summer on a public occasion; the president was
+there and not even the president rose to greet the entrance of the
+sovereign. Since about the same period, besides, the monarch must be
+described as in a state of sequestration. A white man, an Irishman, the
+true type of all that is most gallant, humorous, and reckless in his
+country, chose to visit His Majesty and give him some excellent advice
+(to make up his difference with Mataafa) couched unhappily in vivid and
+figurative language. The adviser now sleeps in the Pacific, but the evil
+that he chanced to do lives after him. His Majesty was greatly (and I
+must say justly) offended by the freedom of the expressions used; he
+appealed to his white advisers; and these, whether from want of thought
+or by design, issued an ignominious proclamation. Intending visitors to
+the palace must appear before their consuls and justify their business.
+The majesty of buried Samoa was henceforth only to be viewed (like a
+private collection) under special permit; and was thus at once cut off
+from the company and opinions of the self respecting. To retain any
+dignity in such an abject state would require a man of very different
+virtues from those claimed by the not unvirtuous Laupepa. He is not
+designed to ride the whirlwind or direct the storm, rather to be the
+ornament of private life. He is kind, gentle, patient as Job,
+conspicuously well-intentioned, of charming manners; and when he pleases,
+he has one accomplishment in which he now begins to be alone--I mean that
+he can pronounce correctly his own beautiful language.
+
+The government of Brandeis accomplished a good deal and was continually
+and heroically attempting more. The government of our two whites has
+confined itself almost wholly to paying and receiving salaries. They
+have built, indeed, a house for the president; they are believed (if that
+be a merit) to have bought the local newspaper with government funds; and
+their rule has been enlivened by a number of scandals, into which I feel
+with relief that it is unnecessary I should enter. Even if the three
+Powers do not remove these gentlemen, their absurd and disastrous
+government must perish by itself of inanition. Native taxes (except
+perhaps from Mataafa, true to his own private policy) have long been
+beyond hope. And only the other day (May 6th, 1892), on the expressed
+ground that there was no guarantee as to how the funds would be expended,
+and that the president consistently refused to allow the verification of
+his cash balances, the municipal council has negatived the proposal to
+call up further taxes from the whites. All is well that ends even ill,
+so that it end; and we believe that with the last dollar we shall see the
+last of the last functionary. Now when it is so nearly over, we can
+afford to smile at this extraordinary passage, though we must still sigh
+over the occasion lost.
+
+* * * * *
+
+_Malie_. The way to Malie lies round the shores of Faleula bay and
+through a succession of pleasant groves and villages. The road, one of
+the works of Brandeis, is now cut up by pig fences. Eight times you must
+leap a barrier of cocoa posts; the take-off and the landing both in a
+patch of mire planted with big stones, and the stones sometimes reddened
+with the blood of horses that have gone before. To make these obstacles
+more annoying, you have sometimes to wait while a black boar clambers
+sedately over the so-called pig fence. Nothing can more thoroughly
+depict the worst side of the Samoan character than these useless barriers
+which deface their only road. It was one of the first orders issued by
+the government of Mulinuu after the coming of the chief justice, to have
+the passage cleared. It is the disgrace of Mataafa that the thing is not
+yet done.
+
+The village of Malie is the scene of prosperity and peace. In a very
+good account of a visit there, published in the _Australasian_, the
+writer describes it to be fortified; she must have been deceived by the
+appearance of some pig walls on the shore. There is no fortification, no
+parade of war. I understand that from one to five hundred fighting men
+are always within reach; but I have never seen more than five together
+under arms, and these were the king's guard of honour. A Sabbath quiet
+broods over the well-weeded green, the picketed horses, the troops of
+pigs, the round or oval native dwellings. Of these there are a
+surprising number, very fine of their sort: yet more are in the building;
+and in the midst a tall house of assembly, by far the greatest Samoan
+structure now in these islands, stands about half finished and already
+makes a figure in the landscape. No bustle is to be observed, but the
+work accomplished testifies to a still activity.
+
+The centre-piece of all is the high chief himself,
+Malietoa-Tuiatua-Tuiaana Mataafa, king--or not king--or king-claimant--of
+Samoa. All goes to him, all comes from him. Native deputations bring
+him gifts and are feasted in return. White travellers, to their
+indescribable irritation, are (on his approach) waved from his path by
+his armed guards. He summons his dancers by the note of a bugle. He
+sits nightly at home before a semicircle of talking-men from many
+quarters of the islands, delivering and hearing those ornate and elegant
+orations in which the Samoan heart delights. About himself and all his
+surroundings there breathes a striking sense of order, tranquillity, and
+native plenty. He is of a tall and powerful person, sixty years of age,
+white-haired and with a white moustache; his eyes bright and quiet; his
+jaw perceptibly underhung, which gives him something of the expression of
+a benevolent mastiff; his manners dignified and a thought insinuating,
+with an air of a Catholic prelate. He was never married, and a natural
+daughter attends upon his guests. Long since he made a vow of
+chastity,--"to live as our Lord lived on this earth" and Polynesians
+report with bated breath that he has kept it. On all such points, true
+to his Catholic training, he is inclined to be even rigid. Lauati, the
+pivot of Savaii, has recently repudiated his wife and taken a fairer; and
+when I was last in Malie, Mataafa (with a strange superiority to his own
+interests) had but just despatched a reprimand. In his immediate circle,
+in spite of the smoothness of his ways, he is said to be more respected
+than beloved; and his influence is the child rather of authority than
+popularity. No Samoan grandee now living need have attempted that which
+he has accomplished during the last twelve months with unimpaired
+prestige, not only to withhold his followers from war, but to send them
+to be judged in the camp of their enemies on Mulinuu. And it is a matter
+of debate whether such a triumph of authority were ever possible before.
+Speaking for myself, I have visited and dwelt in almost every seat of the
+Polynesian race, and have met but one man who gave me a stronger
+impression of character and parts.
+
+About the situation, Mataafa expresses himself with unshaken peace. To
+the chief justice he refers with some bitterness; to Laupepa, with a
+smile, as "my poor brother." For himself, he stands upon the treaty, and
+expects sooner or later an election in which he shall be raised to the
+chief power. In the meanwhile, or for an alternative, he would willingly
+embrace a compromise with Laupepa; to which he would probably add one
+condition, that the joint government should remain seated at Malie, a
+sensible but not inconvenient distance from white intrigues and white
+officials. One circumstance in my last interview particularly pleased
+me. The king's chief scribe, Esela, is an old employe under Tamasese,
+and the talk ran some while upon the character of Brandeis. Loyalty in
+this world is after all not thrown away; Brandeis was guilty, in Samoan
+eyes, of many irritating errors, but he stood true to Tamasese; in the
+course of time a sense of this virtue and of his general uprightness has
+obliterated the memory of his mistakes; and it would have done his heart
+good if he could have heard his old scribe and his old adversary join in
+praising him. "Yes," concluded Mataafa, "I wish we had Planteisa back
+again." _A quelque chose malheur est bon_. So strong is the impression
+produced by the defects of Cedarcrantz and Baron Senfft, that I believe
+Mataafa far from singular in this opinion, and that the return of the
+upright Brandeis might be even welcome to many.
+
+I must add a last touch to the picture of Malie and the pretender's life.
+About four in the morning, the visitor in his house will be awakened by
+the note of a pipe, blown without, very softly and to a soothing melody.
+This is Mataafa's private luxury to lead on pleasant dreams. We have a
+bird here in Samoa that about the same hour of darkness sings in the
+bush. The father of Mataafa, while he lived, was a great friend and
+protector to all living creatures, and passed under the by-name of _the
+King of Birds_. It may be it was among the woodland clients of the sire
+that the son acquired his fancy for this morning music.
+
+* * * * *
+
+I have now sought to render without extenuation the impressions received:
+of dignity, plenty, and peace at Malie, of bankruptcy and distraction at
+Mulinuu. And I wish I might here bring to an end ungrateful labours. But
+I am sensible that there remain two points on which it would be improper
+to be silent. I should be blamed if I did not indicate a practical
+conclusion; and I should blame myself if I did not do a little justice to
+that tried company of the Land Commissioners.
+
+The Land Commission has been in many senses unfortunate. The original
+German member, a gentleman of the name of Eggert, fell early into
+precarious health; his work was from the first interrupted, he was at
+last (to the regret of all that knew him) invalided home; and his
+successor had but just arrived. In like manner, the first American
+commissioner, Henry C. Ide, a man of character and intelligence, was
+recalled (I believe by private affairs) when he was but just settling
+into the spirit of the work; and though his place was promptly filled by
+ex-Governor Ormsbee, a worthy successor, distinguished by strong and
+vivacious common sense, the break was again sensible. The English
+commissioner, my friend Bazett Michael Haggard, is thus the only one who
+has continued at his post since the beginning. And yet, in spite of
+these unusual changes, the Commission has a record perhaps unrivalled
+among international commissions. It has been unanimous practically from
+the first until the last; and out of some four hundred cases disposed of,
+there is but one on which the members were divided. It was the more
+unfortunate they should have early fallen in a difficulty with the chief
+justice. The original ground of this is supposed to be a difference of
+opinion as to the import of the Berlin Act, on which, as a layman, it
+would be unbecoming if I were to offer an opinion. But it must always
+seem as if the chief justice had suffered himself to be irritated beyond
+the bounds of discretion. It must always seem as if his original attempt
+to deprive the commissioners of the services of a secretary and the use
+of a safe were even senseless; and his step in printing and posting a
+proclamation denying their jurisdiction were equally impolitic and
+undignified. The dispute had a secondary result worse than itself. The
+gentleman appointed to be Natives' Advocate shared the chief justice's
+opinion, was his close intimate, advised with him almost daily, and
+drifted at last into an attitude of opposition to his colleagues. He
+suffered himself besides (being a layman in law) to embrace the interest
+of his clients with something of the warmth of a partisan. Disagreeable
+scenes occurred in court; the advocate was more than once reproved, he
+was warned that his consultations with the judge of appeal tended to
+damage his own character and to lower the credit of the appellate court.
+Having lost some cases on which he set importance, it should seem that he
+spoke unwisely among natives. A sudden cry of colour prejudice went up;
+and Samoans were heard to assure each other that it was useless to appear
+before the Land Commission, which was sworn to support the whites.
+
+This deplorable state of affairs was brought to an end by the departure
+from Samoa of the Natives' Advocate. He was succeeded _pro tempore_ by a
+young New Zealander, E. W. Gurr, not much more versed in law than
+himself, and very much less so in Samoan. Whether by more skill or
+better fortune, Gurr has been able in the course of a few weeks to
+recover for the natives several important tracts of land; and the
+prejudice against the Commission seems to be abating as fast as it arose.
+I should not omit to say that, in the eagerness of the original advocate,
+there was much that was amiable; nor must I fail to point out how much
+there was of blindness. Fired by the ardour of pursuit, he seems to have
+regarded his immediate clients as the only natives extant and the epitome
+and emblem of the Samoan race. Thus, in the case that was the most
+exclaimed against as "an injustice to natives," his client, Puaauli, was
+certainly nonsuited. But in that intricate affair who lost the money?
+The German firm. And who got the land? Other natives. To twist such a
+decision into evidence, either of a prejudice against Samoans or a
+partiality to whites, is to keep one eye shut and have the other
+bandaged.
+
+And lastly, one word as to the future. Laupepa and Mataafa stand over
+against each other, rivals with no third competitor. They may be said to
+hold the great name of Malietoa in commission; each has borne the style,
+each exercised the authority, of a Samoan king; one is secure of the
+small but compact and fervent following of the Catholics, the other has
+the sympathies of a large part of the Protestant majority, and upon any
+sign of Catholic aggression would have more. With men so nearly
+balanced, it may be asked whether a prolonged successful exercise of
+power be possible for either. In the case of the feeble Laupepa, it is
+certainly not; we have the proof before us. Nor do I think we should
+judge, from what we see to-day, that it would be possible, or would
+continue to be possible, even for the kingly Mataafa. It is always the
+easier game to be in opposition. The tale of David and Saul would
+infallibly be re-enacted; once more we shall have two kings in the
+land,--the latent and the patent; and the house of the first will become
+once more the resort of "every one that is in distress, and every one
+that is in debt, and every one that is discontented." Against such odds
+it is my fear that Mataafa might contend in vain; it is beyond the bounds
+of my imagination that Laupepa should contend at all. Foreign ships and
+bayonets is the cure proposed in Mulinuu. And certainly, if people at
+home desire that money should be thrown away and blood shed in Samoa, an
+effect of a kind, and for the time, may be produced. Its nature and
+prospective durability I will ask readers of this volume to forecast for
+themselves. There is one way to peace and unity: that Laupepa and
+Mataafa should be again conjoined on the best terms procurable. There
+may be other ways, although I cannot see them; but not even malevolence,
+not even stupidity, can deny that this is one. It seems, indeed, so
+obvious, and sure, and easy, that men look about with amazement and
+suspicion, seeking some hidden motive why it should not be adopted.
+
+To Laupepa's opposition, as shown in the case of the Lauati scheme, no
+dweller in Samoa will give weight, for they know him to be as putty in
+the hands of his advisers. It may be right, it may be wrong, but we are
+many of us driven to the conclusion that the stumbling-block is Fangalii,
+and that the memorial of that affair shadows appropriately the house of a
+king who reigns in right of it. If this be all, it should not trouble us
+long. Germany has shown she can be generous; it now remains for her only
+to forget a natural but certainly ill-grounded prejudice, and allow to
+him, who was sole king before the plenipotentiaries assembled, and who
+would be sole king to-morrow if the Berlin Act could be rescinded, a
+fitting share of rule. The future of Samoa should lie thus in the hands
+of a single man, on whom the eyes of Europe are already fixed. Great
+concerns press on his attention; the Samoan group, in his view, is but as
+a grain of dust; and the country where he reigns has bled on too many
+august scenes of victory to remember for ever a blundering skirmish in
+the plantation of Vailele. It is to him--to the sovereign of the wise
+Stuebel and the loyal Brandeis,--that I make my appeal.
+
+_May_ 25, 1892.
+
+
+
+
+FOOTNOTES
+
+
+{1} Brother and successor of Theodor.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A FOOTNOTE TO HISTORY***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 536.txt or 536.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/5/3/536
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+